summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/16855-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '16855-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--16855-8.txt8030
1 files changed, 8030 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/16855-8.txt b/16855-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29a310a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16855-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8030 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, The Land of Mystery, by Edward S. Ellis
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: The Land of Mystery
+
+
+Author: Edward S. Ellis
+
+
+
+Release Date: October 10, 2005 [eBook #16855]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LAND OF MYSTERY***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Al Haines
+
+
+
+THE LAND OF MYSTERY
+
+by
+
+EDWARD S. ELLIS
+
+Author of
+
+"Famous American Naval Commanders," "Jungle Fugitives," "Old Ironsides,
+The Hero of Tripoli and 1812," etc.
+
+
+New York
+Hurst & Company
+Publishers
+Copyright
+1889 by Frank Lovell Co.
+1901 by Street & Smith
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE LAND OF MYSTERY.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+IN THE MATTO GROSSO.
+
+The blood-red sun was sinking beyond the distant Geral Mountains, when
+a canoe, containing four white men and three natives, came to a halt a
+thousand miles from the mighty Amazon, in the upper waters of the Xingu
+River, near the great table-land of Matto Grosso.
+
+It was hard work, forcing the long shallow boat against the rapid
+current of the stream, whose unknown source is somewhere among the
+famous diamond regions of Brazil. It was plain sailing for three
+hundred leagues from the Amazon, from whose majestic volume the little
+party of explorers had turned southward more than a month before. The
+broad sail, which was erected in the centre of the craft, swept it
+smoothly along over the narrowing bosom of the Xingu, between luxuriant
+forests and past tribes of strange-looking Indians, who stood on the
+banks staring wonderingly at the extraordinary beings, the like of
+which many of them had never seen before.
+
+Occasionally the explorers put ashore, and, using only the language of
+signs, exchanged some of the beads and gaudy trinkets for the curious
+articles of the savages. Endless varieties of fruit were so abundant
+that it was to be had for the simple trouble of plucking; while the
+timid natives stood in such awe of their visitors, that the thought of
+harming them never entered their minds.
+
+But ominous changes were gradually noted by our friends, as they
+steadily ascended the mysterious stream. At first the natives fled at
+their approach, and failed to understand the signs of comity, or were
+so distrustful of the strangers that they refused to meet their
+advances. Fleeing into the woods or high hills, they peeped out from
+their coverts, uttering strange cries and indulging in grotesque
+gestures, the meaning of which could hardly be mistaken. Had there
+been any misapprehension on the part of the visitors, there was none
+after several scores launched their arrows at the boat, as it glided
+away from the shore and up stream. The aim was wild and no one was
+struck, but when Professor Ernest Grimcke, the sturdy, blue-eyed
+scientist of the party, picked up one of the missiles and carefully
+examined it, he made the disturbing announcement that it was tipped
+with one of the deadliest of known poisons.
+
+The other members of this exploring party were Fred Ashman, a bright,
+intelligent American, four-and-twenty years of age; Jared Long, an
+attenuated, muscular New Englander in middle life, and Aaron Johnston,
+a grim, reserved but powerful sailor from New Bedford, who had spent
+most of his life on whaling voyages. Professor Grimcke and Ashman were
+joint partners in the exploring enterprise, Long and Johnston being
+their assistants.
+
+In addition, there were three native servants, or helpers, known as
+Bippo, Pedros and Quincal. They had been engaged at Macapa, near the
+mouth of the Amazon. They were rather small of size, the first-named
+being the most intelligent, and in that warm, tropical climate wore no
+clothing except a strip of native cloth around the loins. Ashman had
+striven to teach them the use of firearms, but they could never
+overcome the terror caused by the jet of fire and the thunderous
+explosion when the things were discharged. They, therefore, clung to
+their spears, which, having honest points, cannot be said to have been
+very formidable weapons in their hands, even though each native was
+able to throw them with remarkable deftness and accuracy.
+
+The sail that had served the explorers so well, where the Xingu was
+broader and with a slower current, became useless, or at least proved
+unequal to the task of overcoming the force of the stream.
+Consequently they had recourse to the broad-bladed oars, with which
+they drove the canoe swiftly against the resisting river, cheered by
+the oft-repeated declaration of the Professor, whose spirits never
+flagged, that the harder it proved going up stream, the easier must it
+be in descending, and that the arrangement was much better than if the
+condition of affairs were reversed.
+
+The most tiresome work came when they reached some place, where the
+falls or rapids compelled them to land, and, lifting the boat and its
+contents from the ground, carry it round the obstruction to the more
+favorable current above. These portages varied in length from a few
+rods to a fourth of a mile, and the further the party advanced, the
+more frequent did they become.
+
+"We have gone far enough for to-night," said the Professor, as the prow
+of the boat was turned toward the left bank; "we will go into camp and
+make ready for to-morrow."
+
+A few minutes later, the bow of the canoe gently touched the dark sand
+of the shore. Bippo, Pedros and Quincal understood their duty so well
+that, without suggestion from the others, they leaped into the shallow
+waters, ran a few steps, and, grasping the front of the craft, drew it
+so far upon the land that the others stepped out without so much as
+wetting the soles of their shoes.
+
+This task was no more than finished, when the natives scattered in the
+forest, which came almost to the edge of the water, in quest of fuel.
+This of course was so abundant that the work was slight, but since
+Professor Grimcke and Fred Ashman paid them well for their services
+they were left to attend to that duty unassisted.
+
+As the surroundings of the party were entirely new and strange, Grimcke
+proposed that while the evening meal was being prepared, they should
+find out, if it could be done, whether any unwelcome neighbors were
+likely to disturb them before morning. After a brief consultation, it
+was decided that the Professor and Jared Long should make their way up
+the river, keeping close to shore, with the purpose of learning the
+extent of the rapids, while Ashman and the sailor, Johnston, should
+follow the clearly marked trail which led directly away from the stream
+and into the forest. It was more than probable that one of the couples
+would come upon something worth knowing, and it was not unlikely that
+both would return with important information.
+
+Twilight is of short duration in the low latitudes, and the wish of the
+four white men was to be back in camp at the end of an hour, by which
+time night would be fairly upon them. But the moon was at its full and
+would serve them better than the twilight itself.
+
+The German and New Englander, therefore, moved away from camp,
+following the course of the Xingu, while their two friends quickly
+vanished in the forest. Each carried his repeating Winchester and his
+Smith & Wesson.
+
+Ashman felt some misgiving because of the trail leading into the woods
+from a point so near the camp. It seemed likely to have been worn by
+the inhabitants of some village near at hand, though it was possible
+that the innumerable feet of wild animals on their way to and from the
+river may have been the cause. The upper waters of the Xingu are
+remarkably clear and pure, a fact which rendered the first theory most
+probable.
+
+The explorers had landed in a dangerous region, as they were destined
+to learn very soon, and the experience of the couples who took routes
+at right angles to each other was of the most thrilling character.
+
+It has been stated that the progress of the canoe had been checked, as
+was often the case before, by the rapids of the Xingu, which could be
+passed only by carrying the canoe and luggage to the smoother waters
+above. It was apparent that the river frequently overflowed its banks,
+for immense quantities of driftwood lined both shores, while the
+vegetation had been swept away to that extent that a space of a dozen
+feet from the margin of the stream was comparatively free from it.
+Thus both parties found the travelling easy.
+
+The rapids were a hundred yards wide, more or less, and, with such a
+steep incline, that the foamy waves dashed hither and thither and
+against each other with the utmost fury, sending the spray high in air
+and sweeping forward with such impetuosity that it seemed impossible
+for the strongest craft under the most skilful guidance to shoot them.
+The explorers studied them with great interest as they ascended the
+left bank.
+
+It was inevitable that in a country with such excessive vegetable
+growth, every part of the Xingu should show much floating timber. The
+logs which plunged through the rapids played all manner of antics.
+Sometimes they leaped high out of the waters, like immense sea
+monsters, the out-spreading limbs showing a startling resemblance to
+the arms of a drowning person mutely appealing for help. Then a heavy
+trunk would strike a rock just below the surface, and the branches,
+dripping with spray, swept over in a huge semi-circle. The roar and
+swirl suggested the whirlpool below the falls of Niagara, one of the
+most appalling sights in all nature.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+A TRIO OF ENEMIES.
+
+At last, when the full moon was shining, the two men stood at the head
+of the rapids and surveyed their surroundings before setting out on
+their return to camp.
+
+Both sides of the Xingu were lined by the dense forest, in which the
+vegetation is so luxuriant that it must be a source of never ending
+wonder to those who look upon it for the first time. The river above
+made a sharp bend, shutting off the view so fully that from their
+position, it was impossible to tell how far they would be able to use
+the canoe without making another portage.
+
+"We haven't seen a person on our way here," remarked the Professor,
+calmly surveying the river and shores; "and I hope Ashman will bring
+back a similar report, for we all need a full night's rest."
+
+"How is _that_?"
+
+Long touched the arm of his companion, as he asked the question, and
+pointed down stream in the direction of camp.
+
+To the amazement of the Professor, three natives were seen standing on
+the very spot where they themselves had stood a brief while before,
+evidently scrutinizing the white strangers with profound wonder and
+curiosity.
+
+They were dressed similarly to Bippo, Pedros and Quincal--that is, with
+only a piece of cloth around the loins--but they displayed a marked
+contrast in other respects. They were taller, more athletic, with
+immense bushy heads of hair, enormous rings in their ears, while the
+hue of their skins was almost as dark as that of the native African.
+
+One carried a long-bow and a bundle of arrows strapped behind his
+shoulders, while the others were armed simply with javelins or spears.
+
+"Those fellows mean fight," added Long.
+
+"No doubt of it," replied the Professor.
+
+"But a Winchester will reach further than their arrows and spears, even
+if they are tipped with poison."
+
+"Possibly they may be friendly, if they can be convinced that we intend
+them no harm, and you know what an advantage it will be to us if able
+to trust all the natives on our return."
+
+Long could not share the confidence of his companion and favored a
+direct advance down the bank toward the savages. If the latter
+preserved their armed neutrality, all would be well enough, but at the
+first sign of hostility he advocated opening fire on them.
+
+Perhaps he was right in the declaration that anything like timidity in
+dealing with savages is the worst possible course. While the rights of
+every barbarian should be respected, it is all important that he should
+know that such concession is made not through fear, but because the
+superior party wishes to be just and merciful.
+
+The natives stood as motionless as statues for several minutes, during
+which the white men scrutinized them with an interest that may be
+imagined.
+
+The first and most natural thought of our friends was that an encounter
+could be avoided by entering the forest on the right and passing round
+the savages, who, it was quite apparent, intended to dispute their
+return; but if such was really their purpose, they would have little
+trouble in heading off the whites in the dense wood, beside which, for
+the weighty reasons already named, it would have been exceedingly
+unwise to act as though afraid of the dusky natives.
+
+Despite Long's protest, the Professor decided to make a friendly
+advance, being vigilantly on his guard at the same time for the first
+offensive move of the savages. He carried his Winchester in one hand,
+while he rested the other on his revolver. He was determined, while
+hoping for comity, to be prepared for hostility or treachery.
+
+Long was so dissatisfied with the looks of things, that he followed his
+friend a few paces, then halting with his Winchester ready for any
+emergency, and certain in his own mind that a sharp fight was
+inevitable.
+
+The approach of the white man was evidently a surprise to the savages.
+The middle one, who held the long-bow and arrows, fell back several
+paces, as if about to break into flight or dart among the trees so
+invitingly near, but something must have been said by his companions to
+check him, for he stopped abruptly, and not only came back to his first
+position, but advanced a couple of paces beyond. The noise from the
+rapids prevented the Professor hearing their voices, though the
+unusually clear moonlight told him that some utterance had passed
+between them.
+
+The first ominous act on the part of the natives was by this archer,
+who deliberately drew an arrow from over his shoulder and fitted it
+against the string of his bow. The fact that the missile was
+undoubtedly coated at the end with a virus more deadly than that of the
+rattlesnake or cobra was enough to render the would-be friend
+uncomfortable and to increase his alertness.
+
+At the same time that the archer went through this significant
+preliminary, his companions shifted their grasp upon their javelins in
+a manner that was equally suggestive.
+
+While carrying these primitive weapons, the fingers closed around the
+centre of gravity, that naturally being more convenient, but when about
+to hurl them, the hand was shoved further toward the head. Both
+natives thus shifted their right hands, though, they still held them
+horizontal at their thighs, from which position they could be brought
+aloft in the twinkling of an eye.
+
+The white man walked slowly. The left hand, which supported his rifle,
+remained motionless, but removing the right from his revolver, he
+continued making signs, whose friendly meaning was so obvious that it
+was impossible for the natives to mistake it.
+
+While approaching in this guarded manner, he Studied them with the
+closest scrutiny. Interesting under any circumstances, they were
+vastly more so at this time. What struck him in addition to the
+characteristics already named, were their frowsy eyebrows and
+glittering coal-black eyes. These were unusually large and protruding.
+The noses, instead of being broad and flat, like those of the native
+Africans, were Roman in shape. The mouths were wide, and, when they
+spoke, he observed that the teeth which were displayed were black,
+showing that a fashion prevailed among this unknown tribe similar to
+that in vogue among many of the natives in the East Indies.
+
+Now, Professor Grimcke was too experienced an explorer to walk directly
+into danger, where there was no prospect of avoiding a desperate
+encounter. While eager to make friends with all the people whom he
+met, he did not intend to assume any unnecessary risks. The demeanor
+of the natives tendered it certain they were hostile. They made no
+responsive signs to those of the white man, and the latter would have
+checked himself half way, but for his suspicion that they were
+mystified by his conduct and were undecided as to the precise thing to
+do.
+
+He not only heard their peculiar rumbling voices, but saw from the
+movements of their lips and their glances in each other's faces, that
+they were consulting as to what they should do. The white man was
+already so close that he could easily be reached by the bowman, and
+there was little doubt that either of the others could hurl his
+poisoned javelin the intervening distance.
+
+The only way of defeating such a movement was for the white man to
+secure "the drop" on them, but, in one sense that was impossible.
+Unable to understand the words spoken, they were equally unacquainted
+with the weapons of the pale face, and would, doubtless pay no heed to
+the most threatening demonstration on his part.
+
+"Take my advice and come back," called Jared Long; "keep your face
+toward them and blaze away, and I'll do my part!"
+
+Instead of adopting the suggestion of his friend, the Professor slowed
+his pace, still making his gestures of good will. However, when fifty
+steps away, he came to a dead halt.
+
+He had advanced three-fourths the distance, and, if the others were
+willing to accept his offers, they should signify it by coming forward
+and meeting him where he had stopped.
+
+While moving forward in this guarded manner, Grimcke was prudent enough
+to edge over toward the woods, which were now so close to his right
+side as to be instantly available. When he came to a stop also it was
+near the trunk of a large tree, no more than a yard distant.
+
+"The Professor is cunning," reflected Jared Long, watching every
+movement; "he'll whisk behind the tree the instant one of them makes a
+move. Helloa! what's up now?"
+
+To the astonishment of both white men the native with the bow shifted
+it at this moment to his right hand, holding the arrow in place against
+the string with the same hand, while the weapon was at his side. Then
+he moved a step or two, as if to meet the stranger.
+
+"Look out!" called the vigilant New Englander, "that chap is up to some
+deviltry."
+
+He did not refer to him with the bow and arrow, but to one of the
+others, who stealthily turned aside and vanished among the trees.
+Being in the Professor's line of vision the latter observed the
+suspicious movement, and it cannot be said that it added to his comfort.
+
+Meanwhile the archer advanced, but with such tardy step that it was
+evident he was timing his pace to that of his comrade who had so
+stealthily entered the wood. Convinced that his real peril lay among
+those trees, Grimcke began a backward movement with such caution that
+he hoped it would not be noticed by the native who was approaching with
+a sluggish pace.
+
+The forest, like all those in South America, was so dense that great
+care was necessary for one to pick his way through it. The Professor's
+theory was that the savage with the spear would regulate his movements
+on the theory that the white man would not stir from the place where he
+had first halted. He would thus aim to secure a position from which he
+could hurl his javelin at him without detection. Grimcke conceived
+this was certain to take place, and, if he remained where he was,
+nothing could save him from the treacherous assault. It was a matter,
+therefore, of self preservation that dictated the brief retreat with
+the hope of thus disconcerting the savage.
+
+The task which Grimcke had given himself was difficult indeed. The
+ground was unfavorable for the peculiar twitching movement which he
+hoped would carry him out of danger. He had gone barely a couple of
+yards when the bowman evidently suspected something of the kind, for he
+stopped short and stared inquiringly at the white man.
+
+The latter extended his right hand as if to shake that of the savage,
+who stood motionless, making no sign of pleasure or displeasure.
+Indeed, he remained so fixed in his position that Grimcke was convinced
+he was listening for the sound of the other miscreant stealing through
+the wood. He plainly saw the black eyes cast a single inquiring glance
+in that direction.
+
+"This is getting a little too threatening," reflected the Professor,
+satisfied that the three natives were as venomous as so many serpents;
+"at the first move war is declared."
+
+His situation was so critical that he did not dare turn his head to
+look behind him, but never was there a more welcome sound to him than
+that made by the footsteps of the lank New Englander.
+
+"Keep moving hack!" called Long, "but don't try to hide what you're
+doing."
+
+The Professor saw the sense of this advice and he followed it, lifting
+his feet so high that the action was plainly seen, but doing so with a
+certain dignity that was not lacking in impressiveness. His aim was to
+give the act the appearance of a strategic movement, as it may be
+called. It was not that he was afraid of the natives, but he was
+seeking a better place from which to open hostilities against them.
+
+This was the impression which he sought to give the fierce savages, and
+whether he succeeded, or not was certain to become apparent within the
+following five minutes. He himself believed, the chances were against
+the success of his plan.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+LIVELY WORK.
+
+Now took place an unprecedented incident.
+
+The air of comity, or at least neutrality, which brooded over the two
+parties had given way to that of silent but intense hostility. The
+prowling movement of the native with the spear as he slipped into the
+wood, the sudden advance of Jared Long, whose face became like a
+thunder-cloud, when every hope of a friendly termination vanished, and
+the abrupt halt of the bowman, showed that all parties had thrown off
+the cloak of good will and become deadly enemies.
+
+The third savage kept his place farther down the stream, his black eyes
+fixed on the archer in front, while he doubtless was waiting for some
+action on the part of his comrade who had stolen into the wood. As has
+been stated, he was nigh enough to hurl his javelin, so that both the
+white men were too wise to eliminate him from the curiously involved
+problem that confronted them.
+
+The bowman having halted, stood a moment with his piercing black eyes
+fixed on the nearest white man, as if seeking to read in his face the
+meaning of his action or rather abrupt cessation of action.
+
+"Professor," called Jared, "I'll attend to the one in front of you; but
+look out for the scamp among the trees."
+
+Grimcke was relieved to hear this, and had there been only the two
+natives to confront, he would have been disturbed by no misgiving, but
+there were signs that the third one down the stream was preparing to do
+his part in the treacherous business. He too began advancing, but
+instead of doing so with the quick, angry stride of the New Englander,
+he stepped slowly and softly, as if seeking to conceal his movement.
+
+Grimcke would have been glad to turn the archer over to the care of
+Long, but he was so frightfully close, that he did not dare do so. A
+moment's delay on the part of his friend would be fatal. At the same
+time, it was not to be forgotten that the most stealthy foe of all was
+prowling among the trees on the right.
+
+The Professor's hope, as has been explained, was that his own
+retrogression had disconcerted the plans of this special miscreant for
+whom, however, he kept a keen watch.
+
+The archer still held his bow, with the arrow in place grasped by his
+right hand, the long weapon resting against his hip. Provided he was
+right-handed, the bow would have to be shifted to his left hand, the
+arrow drawn back with the right and the missile then launched at his
+foe. This, it would seem, involved enough action to give both Grimcke
+and Long abundance of time in which to anticipate him.
+
+But there remained the possibility that the savage was left-handed, in
+which event, the necessary action on his part would be much less,
+though sufficiently complicated to afford the white men abundance of
+time to anticipate him.
+
+The native _was_ left-handed, with a quickness that surpassed all
+expectation, the bow was suddenly raised, the end of the arrow drawn
+back and the missile driven directly at the breast of Grimcke.
+
+At precisely the same instant, the latter's strained ear caught the
+crackling of a twig, above the din of the rapids (which was much less
+there than below), and something was discerned moving among the trees
+on his right. His frightened glance in that direction gave him a
+glimpse of a dusky figure in the act of hurling his javelin.
+
+Thus it was that the spearman and archer let fly at precisely the same
+instant, and Jared Long, who was so anxious to help his friend, saw
+only the deft movements of the archer. Grimcke could not fire at both
+in time to save himself, but he instinctively did the very best and
+indeed the only thing that could be done. Without moving his feet, he
+dropped to a sitting posture, instantly popping up again like a
+jack-in-the-box.
+
+The movement took place at precisely the right instant, and both the
+javelin and arrow whizzed over his head, without grazing him, but the
+arrow shot by Long's temple so close that he blinked and for an instant
+believed he had been hit.
+
+But, like the hunter when bitten by a rattlesnake, he determined to
+crush his assailant and to attend to his hurt afterwards.
+
+The sharp crack of the Winchester, the shriek of the smitten savage and
+his frenzied leap in the air, followed in such instant succession that
+they seemed simultaneous. When the wretch went back on the ground he
+was as dead as Julius Caesar.
+
+A man can fire with amazing rapidity, when using a Winchester repeater,
+but some persons are like cats in their own movements. The New
+Englander leveled his weapon as quickly as he could bring it to his
+shoulder, but the native along the side of the Xingu had vanished as
+though he never existed.
+
+Whether he knew anything about fire-arms or not, he was quick to
+understand that some kind of weapon in the hands of the white men had
+knocked the bowman out of time, and he bounded among the trees at his
+side, as though he, too, was discharged from the bow. He was just
+quick enough to escape the bullet that would have been after him an
+instant later.
+
+The moment Grimcke knew that he was safe from the javelin, which sped
+over his head, he straightened up, and, still maintaining his removable
+posture, discharged his gun at the point whence came the well-nigh
+fatal missile.
+
+But the shot was a blind one, for he did not see the native at the
+instant of firing. Nothing could have surpassed the alertness of these
+strange savages. The one with the javelin disappeared with the same
+suddenness as did his brother down the bank, and, had the archer but
+comprehended his danger he, too, would have escaped.
+
+The affray roused the wrath of both Long and Grimcke. They had offered
+the hand of friendship, only to be answered with an attempt upon their
+lives. One of their assailants had eluded them, and the other would
+have been an assailant had the opportunity been given.
+
+"Let's shoot him too!"
+
+He alluded to the man who hurled the javelin and who, so far as they
+could see, was left without any weapon with which to defend himself.
+In their natural excitement over their victory, the friends forgot
+themselves for the moment. Heedless of consequences, they dashed among
+the trees, in pursuit of the savage who had flung his spear with
+well-nigh fatal effect.
+
+The undergrowth was frightfully tangled, and, as the first plunge, the
+Professor went forward on his hands and knees. The wonder was how Long
+kept his feet; but it will be remembered that he was much more
+attenuated than his companion, and seemed to have picked up a skill
+elsewhere which now stood him well.
+
+The moon was shining and despite the dense vegetation around him,
+enough rays found their way to the ground to give him a partial view
+for few paces in front. He had not gone far when he caught a glimpse
+of the dusky figure slipping through the undergrowth ahead, and at no
+great distance.
+
+Strange as it may seem, the impetuosity of the American caused him to
+gain upon the terrified native, who, having flung his poisoned weapon,
+was without the means of defending himself. It was not in the nature
+of things, however, that Long should overtake the fugitive, who was
+more accustomed to making his way through such obstructions. The first
+burst of pursuit caused the white man to believe he would win in the
+strange race, but the next minute he saw he was losing ground.
+
+Determined that the wretch should not escape, he checked his pursuit
+for an instant, and, bringing his Winchester to his shoulder, let fly.
+
+But brief as was his halt, it give the savage time to make one terrific
+bound which shut him almost from sight, and rendered the hasty aim of
+Long so faulty that his intended victim was not so much as scratched.
+
+Had the savage dashed deeper into the forest, he would have passed
+beyond all peril at this moment, but he was seeking to do that which
+Long did not discover until after discharging his gun. He headed
+toward the river, where he was first seen. It must have been that he
+was actuated by a desire to go to the help of his comrade, or more
+likely he was anxious to recover his javelin, in which he placed
+unbounded faith, and believed he could do it without undue risk.
+
+Whatever his purpose, he quickly burst from the forest, while Long, who
+was pushing furiously after him, discovered from the increasing light
+in front, that he was close to the Xingu again.
+
+Suspecting his purpose, the white man tore forward at the most reckless
+speed, and, before the native could recover his weapon and dart back to
+cover, he himself had dashed into the moonlight.
+
+"Now, we've got him!" he shouted; "there's no getting away _this_ time!"
+
+This exultant exclamation was uttered to a form which appeared on his
+right, and who he was certain was the Professor; but to his
+consternation, as he turned his head, he saw that it was the other
+native, javelin in hand!
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+HOW IT ENDED.
+
+It will be recalled that the Professor started in pursuit of the flying
+native with as much ardor as his friend, but, less skilful than he, he
+had taken but a step or two, when an obstruction flung him to the
+ground with discouraging emphasis.
+
+Concluding that he had undertaken a futile task, he hastily climbed to
+his feet to await the return of Long who, he was satisfied, would
+attempt only a brief pursuit.
+
+Remembering the javelin which had whizzed so near his crown, he cast
+about for a moment and picked it up from the earth where it lay but a
+few feet distant. As he balanced it in his hand, he observed that it
+was about six feet in length, was made entirely of wood, which was
+heavy and as hard and smooth as polished ebony.
+
+The light of the moon was like that of the day itself. It would have
+been easy to read ordinary print by it. He had no trouble, therefore,
+in closely examining the novel implement of war. As he suspected, the
+point was made of stone or flint, ground almost to needle-like
+sharpness and securely fastened in place by a fine tendon wound around
+the portion of the stick that held the harder part. This was covered
+with a gummy substance extending to the end.
+
+This he was satisfied was among the most virulent of substances known
+to toxicology. A puncture of the skin was sure to be fatal unless some
+remedy, of whose existence he held no suspicion, was instantly
+obtainable.
+
+He had set down his rifle white examining the weapon, but quickly
+caught it up again, still retaining the javelin in his right band. He
+had been startled by the sound of the terrific threshing among the
+trees on his right.
+
+He supposed that his friend was coming back, but, glancing toward the
+point where he expected him to appear, he was amazed to see the third
+native, who whisked off before Long could draw a bead on him, step from
+the wood not twenty paces away. His back was toward the Professor,
+and, strangely enough, he did not observe the white man--an oversight
+that never could have occurred, but for the tumult in the undergrowth
+which held his attention.
+
+Grimcke had hardly caught sight of him, when the other native came
+flying to view, so astonishing his waiting comrade that he stood a
+moment irresolute after the white pursuer burst into sight.
+
+Brief as was this pause, it gave the Professor time for some
+exceedingly fine work. He uttered a shout which caused the native to
+turn his affrighted gaze behind him, just in time to observe the white
+man with javelin raised and apparently in the very act of launching it
+at him.
+
+The savage knew what a prick from that frightful thing meant, and with
+a howling shriek he ducked his head as though he had caught its whizz
+through the air, and shot among the trees with as much celerity as his
+companion had shown in coming from them.
+
+Neither of the explorers wished to slay the natives, no matter how
+savage, unless compelled to do so in actual self-defence. Long had
+recovered from his first burst of fury, and, though the Professor could
+have sunk the javelin in the naked body, he withheld it, not unwilling
+that his assailant, now that he had started to flee, should escape.
+
+The one who had so foolishly come back to the river side was left in
+the worst possible situation, for both his enemies stood between him
+and the sheltering forest and he was defenceless. He was at their
+mercy, and such people as those natives neither gave nor expected
+quarter, when engaged in their savage warfare.
+
+The fellow acted like a bewildered animal. The white strangers were
+standing a few paces apart, so as to form the two angles of a triangle,
+while he made the third. The nearest point to the forest way midway
+between Grimcke and Long, as was apparent to the savage, who was fairly
+cornered.
+
+Had the Xingu behind him been as placid as farther above or below the
+rapids, he would not have hesitated to plunge into its waters, trusting
+to his skill in swimming; but, to dive into the raging current would
+have been as certain destruction as for a man to undertake to swim
+unaided through the whirlpool below Niagara.
+
+Grimcke and Long were not unwilling to torment the fellow, because of
+his cowardly attempt a few minutes before, though, as has been stated,
+neither intended to do him any special harm.
+
+The affrighted native crouched down, as though seeking to draw himself
+into such a narrow compass that the terrible javelin could not reach
+him. Despite the proof he had seen of the power of the civilized
+weapons, he held his own in greater dread.
+
+Grimcke raised the spear, as if poising it aloft to hurl at the savage.
+The latter uttered a howl of terror, and, with his head still low,
+attempted to dart between the strangers. Naturally he shied as far
+away as possible from the Professor, and thereby brought himself almost
+close enough to touch Jared.
+
+"That's what I want," muttered the latter, hurriedly concentrating his
+strength in his good right leg, and delivering the most powerful kick
+at his command.
+
+It was well aimed and most effectively landed. The Professor was sure
+he heard the "dull thud," and always insisted that the recipient was
+lifted clear of the ground and propelled among the trees with an
+impetus sufficient to break his neck.
+
+"There!" exclaimed the New Englander, looking around, "I guess I'm
+through!"
+
+"I am sure that last fellow hopes so," said the Professor with a laugh,
+"for it's safe to conclude he was never handled with such vigor before."
+
+The levity which both felt over their triumphant routing of their
+assailants was checked by the sight of the stark, lifeless form on the
+ground, only a few paces distant.
+
+They had the best plea in the world for shooting the fierce savage, but
+the consciousness that the necessity existed and that the deed had been
+done, rendered them serious and thoughtful.
+
+There was reason for believing the other natives would watch them from
+the forest, and the one who retained his javelin was likely to seek the
+chance to use it again. He certainly had strong temptation to do so,
+with the prospect of little risk to himself.
+
+Besides, as the explorers followed the rapids, their uproar increased
+to that extent that the savages could move freely without danger of any
+noise being overheard.
+
+The most prudent thing to do seemed for the friends to walk so briskly
+as to disconcert any plan their enemies might have formed. This was
+quite easy, because of the open space, already mentioned, as lining
+both banks of the Xingu.
+
+Fortunately the distance to camp was not far, and, with the hurried
+pace adopted by the Professor and Long, it ought not to occupy more
+than a few minutes, provided no interruption occurred. Strange
+emotions tortured both, as they kept their eyes fixed on the dark wood
+at their side, from which they expected the sweep of the fearful
+javelin, whose touch was death.
+
+The keenest hearing could not detect the faint whizz, while the roar of
+the rapids was in their ears, and they had to depend, therefore, on
+their eyes, which promised to be of little more service.
+
+But the entire distance was almost passed, and the hearts of the two
+were beating high with increasing hope, when Long, with a gasp of
+terror, grasped the arm of the Professor with incredible force, and
+jerking him backward, pointed with his extended finger to the camp in
+front of them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+THE NATIVE VILLAGE.
+
+Meanwhile, Fred Ashman and Aaron Johnston the sailor, found themselves
+involved in a most stirring experience.
+
+After studying the path or trail which led directly from the camp into
+the vast forest, stretching to an unknown distance from the Xingu, the
+young man decided to follow the route which he believed had been formed
+by persons instead of the wild animals of the wilderness.
+
+Johnston was disposed to complain, but he was deeply attached to the
+manly partner in the exploring enterprise, and there was no reasonable
+peril which he would not willingly face in his defence.
+
+The forest wore an unusually gloomy and dismal appearance, now that the
+sun had set and night was closing in.
+
+The roar of the rapids, which at first sounded so loud, grew duller and
+fainter as they penetrated the wood until it became like the moaning of
+the distant ocean. The men spoke in guarded undertones and were able
+to hear each other plainly, while eyes and ears were on the alert, for
+the first sight or sound of danger.
+
+Being within the forest, they were favored with but little of the
+moonlight, which proved such a help to their friends in their ascent of
+the bank of the Xingu to the head of the rapids. But here and there a
+few of the rays penetrated the vegetation overhead and illuminated the
+trail sufficiently to prevent their wandering from it.
+
+Ashman was less than a rod in advance of the sailor and led until they
+had traversed perhaps a fifth of a mile, during which they met no
+living creature, though the noises from the wood left no doubt that
+wild animals were on every hand.
+
+Fred began to think he had gone far enough, though his wish to obtain a
+glimpse of the village, which he believed was not far off, prevented
+his coming to a full stop. Johnston noticing his hesitation put in
+another vigorous protest, but he was easily persuaded to venture
+further under the pledge that if they discovered nothing within the
+next ten minutes, they would withdraw and return to camp.
+
+Knowing that his companion would insist on the fulfillment of this
+agreement, Fred pushed on faster than before; the sailor, however,
+easily maintaining his place almost on his heels. It was only at
+intervals they spoke, for there was no call to do so, and it was not
+wise to allow any cause to interfere with their watchfulness for the
+peril which was liable to come with the suddenness of the thunderbolt.
+
+By stepping carefully they were able to proceed without noise, and, at
+the same time, hoped to catch the sound of any other footsteps, since
+there was not supposed to be any call on the part of the natives for
+the caution which they might have displayed under different
+circumstances.
+
+The young man's heart gave a quicker throb than usual when he caught
+the sound of something like a shout, and observed a faint light in the
+path in front. It was apparent that the latter made an abrupt turn,
+and the cause of the noise was but a brief distance beyond.
+
+Fred reached back his hand and touched his companion, as a warning for
+the most extreme care on his part, but the admonition was not needed.
+Johnston understood the situation too well.
+
+Sure enough, less than a couple of rods further, and the path turned
+almost at right angles. Passing guardedly around this, the explorers
+came upon a striking scene.
+
+There was an open space with an area of perhaps three or four acres; it
+was as clear of trees as a stretch of western prairie. It was
+triangular in shape, the boundary being so regular that there could be
+no doubt it was artificially made.
+
+Around three sides of this space were erected huts or cabins, the
+excellence and similarity or their structure suggesting that the
+natives were the superior in intelligence of any that had yet been
+encountered during the ascent of the Xingu. The huts were a dozen feet
+square, half as high, and each had a broad open entrance in the middle
+of the front. They seemed to be built of logs or heavy limbs, the
+roofs being flat and composed of the branches of trees, overlaid with
+leaves and earth.
+
+In the middle of the open square was a tall pole, like an immense
+flag-staff. The light which had been noticed sometime before by the
+whites was the full flood of the moon's rays, there being no other kind
+of illumination, so far as they could ascertain, in the native village.
+
+The huge pole was without any limbs or appurtenances, but around the
+space were gathered a score of figures in rapid motion, the meaning of
+whose actions was a puzzle to the white spectators, until they studied
+them.
+
+Then it was seen they were struggling together, and the conclusion was
+that they were engaged in some kind of a rough sport, for all the rest
+of the savages were seated in front of their huts watching the singular
+spectacle.
+
+Naturally they ought to have come closer, and the fact that they did
+not, suggested that they kept back to give the actors plenty of room
+for their performances.
+
+Not the least impressive feature of the scene was the profound silence
+which marked it. The shout that first arrested the attention of Ashman
+and his companion, must have been some kind of a signal, probably
+announcing the opening of the proceedings.
+
+It was evident that the villagers in the square were struggling hard,
+for their forms were interlocked and they were divided into two lines,
+which swayed back and forth as one gained or yielded ground.
+
+"It is a wrestling bout," whispered Ashman to his companion, and then,
+reflecting that their situation was dangerous, the two stopped from the
+path among the trees, where they would not be noticed by any passing
+near.
+
+Suddenly something like a groan was heard from the body of contesting
+men. Almost at the same instant, a command was shouted from the
+further end of the square, where part of the spectators were gathered.
+The two lines fell apart, and ran silently and swiftly to opposite
+points a hundred feet distant, where they abruptly halted as if in
+obedience to some signal and faced each other.
+
+This was stirring enough, but that which riveted the eyes of the white
+men was the sight of three figures lying prone on the ground, at the
+foot of the pole.
+
+They were as motionless as so many stones. There could be no mistaking
+the significance of the sight: they were dead.
+
+It may have been some species of sport in which the actors were engaged
+for the entertainment of the spectators, but, if so, there was an awful
+earnestness about it, for the stake for which they strove was human
+life.
+
+The two lines faced each other but a moment, when another shout rang
+out, and they rushed together once more with the fury of two cyclones.
+
+By this time, our friends had discovered that no member of the parties
+was furnished with any weapon other than those provided by nature.
+
+Fearful then must have been the struggle, which had already terminated
+in the death of three of the contestants.
+
+But they were at it again with the fierceness of so many cougars
+fighting in defence of their young.
+
+The result was terrifying. The contest had lasted but a few minutes,
+and already a couple were on the earth, when one of the combatants,
+with a cry of pain dashed in almost a direct line toward the spot where
+our friends were hiding.
+
+Had he not been overtaken and dragged back, he would have been upon
+them before they could get out of the way, and it is not difficult to
+conjecture what would have followed.
+
+The miserable wretch, however, was seized on the very edge of the wood
+by four others and carried writhing and resisting back to the space.
+There he was flung down, and, being unable to rise, the others leaped
+upon him and in a few minutes all was over. He was added to the list
+that were already _hors du combat_.
+
+Ashman and Johnston had received a shock which drove away all interest
+in the fearful spectacle. Their escape was exceedingly narrow and they
+could scarcely hope for such good fortune again.
+
+Fred touched his friend and whispered to him. Immediately, they began
+stealing from the dangerous spot.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+ALONG THE FOREST PATH.
+
+If any further proof were needed of the delicacy and danger of the
+situation of the white men, it came the next minute, when, as they were
+in the act of stepping back into the trail, the sailor caught the arm
+of his friend and checked him.
+
+No need of speaking, for Ashman had detected the peril at the same
+instant.
+
+Two natives were stealing like phantoms along the path, from the
+direction of the river and going toward the village.
+
+Had they been ten seconds later, the foremost would have collided with
+the young explorer.
+
+The latter held his breath, and placed his hand on his revolver,
+believing a fight was inevitable.
+
+So it would have been, had not the attention of the savages been
+absorbed by the scene in the square, of which they caught sight a pace
+or two before coming opposite the watchers.
+
+They strode directly onward, and swung across the open space, swerving
+enough to one side to avoid the struggling lines, and moving on until
+they reached the fringe of spectators beyond. There they could no
+longer be identified, and probably took their places among those who
+were enjoying the cruel spectacle.
+
+Ashman waited a brief while beside the path, fearful that other natives
+might be coming; but, when the minutes passed without their appearance,
+he resumed picking his way back, and quickly stood erect in the narrow
+opening, which he felt had been followed too far from the Xingu.
+
+There was no reason to suspect that any of the natives knew of the
+presence of the mysterious strangers so near them, but since they
+seemed to have a remarkable disposition to be on the move, our friends
+felt it would not be safe to relax their caution for a single instant.
+
+While they did not apprehend a direct pursuit, there was a probability
+that some parties might be moving along the trail behind them, while
+they had seen enough to convince them of the danger from the front.
+Ashman, therefore, whispered to his companion to keep special guard
+against an approach from the rear, while he would be equally alert in
+guarding the front.
+
+The two kept so near that they could have reached each other by simply
+extending the hand.
+
+They had no more than fairly started on their withdrawal from the spot,
+when Johnston touched the arm of his friend, who instantly halted to
+learn the cause.
+
+"I believe some of 'em are following us," said Johnston.
+
+Fred listened, but his straining ear could detect nothing to warrant
+such an alarming conclusion, and he so stated.
+
+The sailor became convinced that possibly he was mistaken. There is no
+law governing noises at night, and it might be that he had misjudged
+the rustling of a branch or possibly the stealthy footsteps of some
+wild animal.
+
+Not entirely convinced, however, that his companion was mistaken, Fred
+once more resumed the advance, trying to perform the difficult task of
+giving as much attention to the rear as the front.
+
+If the savages suspected the presence of others, they would be likely
+to tread so lightly that their footfalls could not be heard; but
+inasmuch as neither of the whites could believe they had even the most
+shadowy knowledge of them, they relied more on hearing than sight.
+
+Suddenly Fred started and almost uttered an exclamation. In his
+nervous, apprehensive state, he was sure that one of their dusky foes
+had leaped from the side of the path and was crouching in front.
+
+He drew his pistol and waited for the assault, which he was confident
+would come the next moment; but the seconds passed and all remained
+profoundly still.
+
+With his weapon ready for instant use, he advanced a pace or two,
+touching the sailor as a command for him to remain motionless; but the
+chivalrous fellow would not obey, and was close behind him, when he
+stooped down and placed his hand on a piece of decayed limb that had
+fallen into the path.
+
+"What a mistake," muttered Fred, with a sigh, as he shoved it aside
+with his foot, explaining its nature to the wondering Johnston.
+
+But it was only simple prudence to maintain unceasing vigilance, and he
+did not permit the error to lessen his watchfulness. It was rather the
+reverse.
+
+But the explorers were threading their way through a labyrinth of
+peril, the like of which they had never encountered before.
+
+Fred had not gone a hundred yards further, when his companion once more
+caught his arm, and he turned about as before to learn the cause.
+
+"What have you heard?" he asked, with his mouth almost against the ear
+of the other.
+
+"There are some of 'em behind us, certain sure!"
+
+"How do you know there are more than one?"
+
+"By the sound--there!"
+
+The amazement of the two may be understood, when they not only detected
+the sound of footfalls, but discovered that instead of being at the
+rear as both thought, they were in front!
+
+A party of natives were approaching from the Xingu, and the keener
+hearing of Johnston first discovered them.
+
+The whites had stopped near a spot where a few rays of moonlight fell
+upon the trail, giving them a faint but needed view of the direction
+from which the danger threatened.
+
+Neither spoke again, but with the utmost care and noiselessness, they
+stepped aside from the path and crouched among the undergrowth.
+
+They had barely time to ensconce themselves in their new position, when
+the footfalls sounded more distinctly than before, and something in the
+nature of an exclamation was heard from one of the approaching savages.
+
+It sounded more like the grunt of a pig than anything the listeners
+could call to mind, and Ashman feared it was notice of one warrior to
+his companions that he had discovered something amiss.
+
+But if such were the fact, the natives would have stopped, while the
+cat-like steps were more audible than before, though the wonder to the
+watchers was that the parties continued invisible.
+
+The eyes of both remained fixed on the faintly illuminated space, where
+they expected to catch sight of them, but the straining gaze failed to
+detect the most shadowy form.
+
+Ashman was just beginning to suspect some strange mistake had been
+made, when he suddenly saw the form of a tall savage with bushy head
+and a javelin in his hand, glide like a shadow into the darkness in
+front. A moment after, a second followed, then a third, fourth and
+fifth, the last carrying a long-bow, and all plainly seen by the whites
+at the side of the trail.
+
+A few minutes later, Fred once more took the advance, reflecting that
+they were as likely to meet more of the natives as to have them
+overtake them.
+
+The mystery was where they had come from in the first place. They
+could not have entered the trail at the camp where Ashman and Johnston
+had started on their little exploring enterprise. It looked as though
+they were hiding among the trees at the time the canoe approached the
+land, and may have followed the explorers soon after they started along
+the path with the purpose of cutting off their retreat. If such should
+prove to be the case, Fred felt that not only he and his companion were
+in danger, but all the rest were liable to be attacked by these
+natives, who, as has been stated, were the most athletic that had been
+encountered since leaving the Amazon.
+
+"Fred," whispered the sailor a little later, "they've turned back and
+are following us again."
+
+"Are you sure of it?"
+
+"There's no mistake about it."
+
+Fred was debating whether they should not turn again from the path, but
+he reflected that the natives having discovered the trick played on
+them, would be likely to defeat such a piece of strategy.
+
+Before he could decide upon the best course, Johnston whispered:
+
+"Run! it's the only chance we've got!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+DESPERATE WORK.
+
+It seemed to be the only course left. Whether it was or not, it was
+too late to try anything else. That the natives had discovered the
+explorers was proven by several low, tremulous whistles which at that
+instant sounded on the night.
+
+It was risky running along the dark trail, even though illuminated here
+and there by the rays of the moon: but, feeling that the situation was
+desperate, Ashman broke into a swift lope, with Johnston at his heels,
+urging him to make haste.
+
+"If they come too close," thought the young man, "we can dodge among
+the trees again and pick our way back to the river as best we
+can--helloa! what's that?"
+
+Well might he ask himself the question, for the whizz of something
+close to his ear left no doubt that one of their pursuers had hurled a
+poisoned javelin at them.
+
+An instant after he heard a faint but peculiar noise which he could not
+describe nor identify. Johnston at the same instant uttered a
+suppressed exclamation, not intended for his ears, and he called out in
+a recklessly loud voice,
+
+"Into the woods, quick!"
+
+Ashman did not hesitate, but darted to his right, halting after a
+couple of steps, through fear of betraying himself.
+
+"Where are you?" asked Johnston, speaking more guardedly.
+
+His groping hand touched Ashman, who seized it and silently drew him
+forward, neither speaking again.
+
+Even in that trying moment, the younger was impressed by the
+singularity of his friend's actions, though there was no opportunity to
+ask an explanation.
+
+The savages could be plainly heard, as they hurried past, evidently
+believing they would overtake the fugitives the next minute and certain
+of locating them, wherever they might be.
+
+Sure enough, they had not gone fifty feet, when they detected the trick
+and turned about to catch the whites before they could steal any
+distance from the trail.
+
+"We must leave," said Ashman; "we are too close to the path, and they
+are sure to find us."
+
+Johnston made no answer, and, instead of following him, sank heavily to
+the ground, with a groan.
+
+"Great heaven! what is the matter, Aaron?" gasped his friend.
+
+"I'm done for," was the feeble reply; "never mind me:
+look--out--for--for--good-bye!"
+
+Struck almost dumb by an awful fear, Fred forgot the natives for the
+time and stooped over his friend. It was as he suspected; the poor
+fellow had been struck full in the back by one of the poisoned
+javelins. The exclamation which he uttered at the moment of receiving
+the wound was that which puzzled Ashman. The sailor had withdrawn the
+weapon, and the wound bled but little. The young man, however,
+identified it on the instant.
+
+"Aaron, rouse up!" he called, shaking his shoulder; "fight off your
+drowsiness!"
+
+He suddenly ceased, for at that moment, he realized that his companion
+was dead. Thus fearfully did the virus do its work.
+
+Before Ashman, could do more than rally from his shock, a muttered
+exclamation at his elbow announced that the savages had located him.
+
+"Curse you!" he exclaimed, whipping out his revolver and letting fly in
+the dark at the point where he knew several of his foes were standing,
+waiting for a chance to hurl their missiles at him.
+
+A screech announced that the bullet had found its mark, and he followed
+it with a couple more shots, which inflicted wounds, even if they
+caused no mortal ones.
+
+The effect of this volley was to throw the natives into consternation
+and panic. There is nothing go appalling as an unknown peril, and the
+flashes of fire lighting up the gloom sent them flying toward their
+village.
+
+The path was open for the young man's escape, but could he leave the
+body of his friend behind?
+
+Alas! it was that all he could do, and unless that were done within the
+next few minutes, it would be too late.
+
+Stooping over, he grasped the shoulders of the body and drew it further
+from the path, in the hope that it would remain unnoticed. Then he
+loosed the Winchester from the death grip, removed the revolver, and
+stepping back into the trail, started on his sorrowful return to his
+friends.
+
+"I wish they would follow me," he muttered; glaring into the gloom
+behind him; "the man they have killed is worth more than the whole
+tribe of miscreants."
+
+He was in a savage mood, and, despite the fearful danger from the
+poisoned arrows and spears, he yearned for another chance at the
+wretches who fought so unfairly.
+
+He held a couple of loaded and repeating Winchesters, with which he
+could pour the most destructive of volleys among the savages, and he
+longed for the opportunity; but the profound silence which followed the
+fierce encounter was so striking that to Fred it all seemed like some
+horrid vision of sleep.
+
+But he dare not wait. These wretches had come from the direction of
+the Xingu, and he was apprehensive of trouble at the camp, where the
+three native attendants had been left. His services might be needed at
+that very moment.
+
+He did not run, but advanced with the stealth of an American Indian
+stealing upon an enemy. It seemed to him his senses were strung to a
+higher pitch than ever before, for he had not walked far, when he
+became aware that some one was ahead of him, in the path and travelling
+in the same direction.
+
+As yet he could catch no glimpse of the stranger, but there could be no
+mistake about the stealthy tread. He was sure, too, that sooner or
+later the broken rays of moonlight would give him the sight for which
+he was waiting.
+
+"Yonder is a spot where he will betray himself," he added a moment
+later, as he observed the faint light ahead.
+
+Instead of following on, Fred paused and laying the rifle of his dead
+friend on the ground he knelt and sighted his own piece as best he
+could in the darkness. Where the hunter is placed in such a situation
+he instinctively _feels_ how to aim his weapon.
+
+He was not kept long waiting. A dark form became dimly outlined in the
+faint moonlight and an instant later the infuriated Ashman fired.
+
+The rasping screech which followed was enough to curdle one's blood,
+but the young man only uttered an exclamation of disgust. He had
+driven a ball through the vitals of a South American cougar, instead of
+through one of the natives, a score of whom he gladly would have wiped
+out of existence had he possessed the power.
+
+The shot could not have been better aimed, had the sun been shining.
+The furious beast dropped in the middle of the path, rolled over on his
+back, clawed the air for a moment or two, and then became motionless.
+Had not Ashman been on the lookout when he reached the spot, he would
+have stumbled over the carcass.
+
+"It is only so much ammunition thrown away," he muttered, again glaring
+into the gloom behind him, in the hope of catching sight or sound of
+his pursuers; but they were too thoroughly panic-stricken by the
+frightful experience a few minutes before to trouble the white man for
+some time to come.
+
+The dull roar of the rapids grew plainer, and, increasing his pace, he
+had but to walk a short distance when the clear moonlight, unobstructed
+by cloud or vegetation, was discerned where the path debouched from the
+forest.
+
+The feeling that something had gone amiss in the camp during his
+absence was so strong with Ashman that he slowed his walk and stopped
+before emerging from the wood. He paused, however, at a point where he
+had a full view not only of the camp but of the river and dark shore
+beyond.
+
+The sight which met his gaze was not calculated to soothe his nerves.
+From some cause Bippo, Pedros and Quincal seemed to have been seized
+with a panic, hardly less than that produced among their countrymen by
+the discharge of the firearms of Ashman. They were in the act of
+shoving the canoe back into the water in such haste that there could be
+no doubt they intended to flee from some enemy that had driven all
+thoughts of resistance out of their minds.
+
+"What the mischief are you doing?" shouted the young man, dashing from
+cover and hurrying down the bank to intercept them before they could
+get away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+THE LAND OF MYSTERY.
+
+The peremptory tones of Fred Ashman rang out loud and clear above the
+roar of the rapids and caused the servants to halt at the moment the
+canoe was shoved into the water. They looked up with frightened
+expressions and awaited his approach.
+
+"What do you mean?" he demanded as he drew near.
+
+Bippo, who was by far the brightest of the three, had shown a wonderful
+readiness in picking up a knowledge of the English tongue. He was so
+much superior in that respect to his companions, that they invariably
+left to him the duty of conversing with their masters.
+
+"_Dey're_ ober dere," he replied, pointing to the other shore.
+
+"Who's over there?"
+
+"Perfess'r and Long man; we seed 'em, dey motion for us to hurry ober
+to 'em."
+
+This was astounding news and Ashman was mystified.
+
+"How did they get over there? And why did they leave camp?"
+
+"Don' know; seed 'em; want us hurry."
+
+Without waiting to reflect upon the strange information, and recalling
+that more of the natives were likely to issue from the path at any
+moment, the young man stepped into the canoe, and, catching up one of
+the paddles, lent his help in propelling the craft across the foamy
+Xingu.
+
+"Where Johns'n?" asked Bippo, when the middle of the stream was
+reached, and without ceasing his toil with the paddle.
+
+"The natives killed him with a poisoned spear; you will never see him
+again."
+
+Bippo made no reply, but communicated the startling tidings to his
+companions, who muttered their amazement. It was apparent that the
+news had added to their panic, and they bent to their task with such
+vigor that the boat rapidly approached the other bank.
+
+Fred was asking himself, that if his friends had managed to get across
+the river, why it was they were not in sight. He scrutinized the dark
+forest and the line of moonlit space in the expectation, of seeing them
+come forth to welcome him, but not a soul was in sight.
+
+He did not know what to make of it. There was something so uncanny
+about the whole business, that a strange distrust and uneasiness took
+possession of him. It could not be that the natives had deceived him
+and were anxious to place the Xingu between them and the fierce savages
+who had handled the whites so roughly. Bippo and his comrades had
+shown a loyalty from the first which gave their employers the fullest
+confidence in them.
+
+The canoe was almost against the bank, where something of the
+bewilderment of Ashman seemed to enter the head of Bippo. He spoke to
+his companions and the three ceased paddling. Ashman had done so a
+moment before and was scanning the bank with a searching but vain
+scrutiny.
+
+"You must have been mistaken," he said in a low voice; "they could not
+have swam the river and they had no other way of crossing."
+
+"We seed 'em--motion dat way," and the native beckoned with his right
+arm, just as a person would do when signaling another to approach.
+
+"I can't understand it," replied Ashman, with a shake of his head.
+
+His doubts were confirmed, when he recalled that the professor and
+Jared Long had gone up the bank of the river with the purpose of
+learning the extent of the rapids. It followed, therefore, that if
+they had made their way to the other shore, it must have been at a
+point so far above the angry waters that there was no danger of being
+caught in the furious current.
+
+He was turning over these troublous thoughts, when Bippo, who was
+facing the bank they had left, uttered an expression of dismay and
+extended his arm toward the shore behind them.
+
+Ashman turned his head, and there in the moonlight he saw Professor
+Grimcke and the New Englander standing on the land and motioning to
+them to return.
+
+"Yes--dat de way he do--he move arm like _dat_," said Bippo; "we hurry
+to go to him, den he ain't here--but _dere_."
+
+Ashman could not doubt that the servant believed the extraordinary
+assertion he had just made, and such being the case, the startling
+truth was manifest; they had seen two strangers whom they mistook for
+their own friends, and these strangers had beckoned them to paddle the
+canoe to the other shore where they were awaiting them.
+
+If such were the fact--and he did not doubt it--a new mystery
+confronted him.
+
+Who were the white men and strangers? and why had they disappeared when
+approached by the canoe and its occupants?
+
+Ashman ordered the servants to turn the craft about and return to the
+shore they had left with all speed. While doing so, and while Grimcke
+and Long were doubtless wondering what had got into the heads of the
+others, the young man wrought himself into a most uncomfortable
+condition of mind.
+
+He questioned Bippo more particularly as to the appearance and actions
+of the strangers. It was clear that he, as well as the other two,
+still believed the couple on the opposite bank were Grimcke and Long;
+though when reminded that it was impossible that they could have
+crossed and recrossed the stream in such a brief time, and without any
+means except that of swimming, they only shook their heads, signifying
+that, though they could not explain _that_ feature of the strange
+business, they would not yield their belief.
+
+Ashman asked further, directing his question to each of the natives in
+turn, whether they saw the parties plainly enough to make sure they
+were white men. The servants were positive on this point, adding the
+distracting statement that they were dressed precisely like the two
+absent members of the little company, and that each carried a rifle as
+they did.
+
+"Same ones--same ones; don't know how cross riber, but allee same do
+so," repeated Bippo, with a grin.
+
+By this time the swiftly moving canoe was well on the way to the camp
+which it had left so abruptly, and, a minute later, Ashman sprang out
+and grasped the hand of each of his friends in turn.
+
+In a few words he explained the extraordinary incidents of the last
+half hour, receiving in return the story of the experience of the
+Professor and his companion. The latter were deeply touched by the
+loss of Johnston. Danger tends to draw the members of a party closely
+together, and, despite the peculiar disposition of the sailor, the
+three felt a deep attachment for him. They would have faced any danger
+in his behalf, but the time had passed for that, and they could only
+mourn the loss of such a valuable comrade.
+
+"But what about this story that Bippo tells?"
+
+Before a reply could be made, the native approached, with his peculiar
+grin.
+
+"How you cross riber?--why you come back 'gin? Why you no stay ober
+dere when we hurry to go to you?"
+
+"Bippo, you are mistaken," replied the Professor, with all the
+earnestness at his command. "We went up this side of the stream, and
+have not been on the other side since dark. When we came back and saw
+that you were not in the camp, we thought you had all been killed."
+
+The native grinned more than ever, and shook his head.
+
+"De Purfes'r funny man--he make laugh." And he walked back to his
+companions with an unshakeable belief in the story given to Fred Ashman
+when he dashed in such excitement from the wood.
+
+"Bippo believes what he has told us," said Long, who had studied the
+fellow closely; "and it follows that he and the others _did_ see a
+couple of white men."
+
+"I imagined," remarked Grimcke with something like regret in his tones,
+"that we were the first of our race to reach this spot; but it is hard
+in these days to find any place on the globe where some white person
+had not been before us."
+
+"If there are a couple of them over there," said Ashman, scanning the
+opposite bank, "they ought to be friends; and, after signaling to our
+servants to cross, it is inexplainable that they should withdraw from
+sight as they did."
+
+"We can depend on _one_ thing," added the Professor; "we haven't seen
+the last of them. I would be glad to believe them friends, but their
+actions are unsatisfactory. I am inclined to think that the cause of
+their withdrawing was your entrance into the canoe. For some reason
+they wished to have nothing to do with any of us."
+
+"It may be that since we are suspicious of them," said Fred, "they feel
+the same toward us, and are unwilling to make our acquaintance until
+after reconnoiterin' us. Helloa! what's up now?"
+
+This question was caused by the action of Bippo, who, trembling in
+every limb, and with the appearance of a person overcome with terror,
+pointed to the forest behind them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+A NATIVE HERCULES.
+
+The savages that had shown such pluck in the instances described, now
+gave another striking proof of their courage.
+
+At the moment the mystified explorers were discussing the strange
+appearance and actions of the white men, more than twenty of the
+athletic barbarians issued as stealthily as phantoms from the trail
+leading from the forest and crouched along the edge of the timber.
+
+Their silence added impressiveness to the singular scene and prevented
+their movements being observed except by Bippo, who was so terrified
+that he could only tremble and point at them.
+
+They were partly hidden by the shadow which put out a short distance
+from the fringe of the wood, but there could be no doubt of their
+hostile intentions. They assumed the form of a line, somewhat after
+the manner of the combatants in the square of the native village. This
+was to give free play to their arms in flinging their javelins.
+
+The occasion was one in which the fate of the explorers depended upon
+their promptness and bravery. Anything like timidity or hesitation
+meant sure destruction, and the whites knew it.
+
+"Into the boat!" commanded Ashman, addressing Bippo and his friends.
+
+The words were like an electric shock to the helpers, who instantly
+clambered into the canoe and lay flat behind the luggage, where they
+were safe from the poisoned missiles that would soon be flying through
+the air.
+
+Those natives, with their crude weapons, were only incumbrances in a
+crisis like the present.
+
+The whites exchanged but a word or two and then opened the ball.
+
+A savage, evidently the leader, and one who probably now saw the whites
+for the first time, had the audacity to step forward a couple of paces,
+and with a yell of defiance, raised his spear over his head.
+
+Before he could launch the missile Jared Long sent a bullet through
+him, and then, shifting the muzzle of his Winchester toward the line of
+dusky figures, he blazed away as fast as he could sight the weapon and
+pull the trigger.
+
+At the same instant the Professor and Ashman opened, and the
+bombardment which followed was enough to strike terror to the hearts of
+a hundred men.
+
+It was more than the savages could stand, but, great as was their
+panic, most of them hurled one or two javelins apiece at the white men
+who stood fearlessly erect and combated them. They had come from their
+village prepared for a fight, and each warrior was provided with
+several of the poisoned missiles.
+
+Before the explorers had emptied the magazines of their Winchesters not
+a live foe was left. The affrighted survivors, shrieking with terror,
+scrambled hastily back among the trees, some of them dragging the dead
+bodies, so that the spot was freed of the dusky miscreants with as much
+suddenness as it had been occupied by them.
+
+There were plenty of shots left, and, after the disappearance of the
+savages, the whites fired into the woods, where they had vanished, not
+with the expectation of accomplishing anything more than adding to the
+panic.
+
+When it was sure the wretches were gone, our friends made their
+preparations for leaving the spot, for nothing was clearer than that
+such was the wisest step to take.
+
+It will be borne in mind that all the trouble had taken place on the
+left bank of the Xingu, no savages having been observed on the western
+bank. The daring of the savages could not be questioned. They had
+faced death repeatedly, and now, that they had the strongest of all
+motives--revenge--to prompt them, they were sure to use every means
+possible to bring about the ruin of the whites and their three native
+companions.
+
+The forest, extending so close to the river, was a constant menace, for
+it afforded the best kind of shelter. Indeed, had the savages been
+less courageous and kept among the trees, taking a stealthy shot as the
+chance offered, they would have had a much better chance of doing what
+they wished and with less risk to themselves.
+
+The javelins flung in blind desperation went wide of their mark, with
+the exception of one which whizzed over the canoe within a few inches
+of Bippo's head. The fellow was peeping furtively above the luggage,
+and heard the whizz of the missile passing fearfully close. He
+instantly ducked with such emphasis that he almost broke his nose
+against the bottom of the craft.
+
+Striking the water beyond, the spear sank as abruptly as if it were a
+cannon ball.
+
+The belief of our friends was that the troublesome natives were
+entirely confined to the left bank, though it was not likely they
+refrained from crossing so narrow a stream as the Xingu at its upper
+portion.
+
+If the savages had been slow to learn from their first experience with
+the white men, there could be no doubt that the valuable lesson of the
+last encounter would not be lost upon them. The space between the edge
+of the wood and the margin of the river was so slight that it was the
+easiest thing in the world for one of them to launch his javelin with
+terrific force across it, and they would do so before morning, if the
+chance were given them.
+
+If the other bank were reached, the savages would be easily detected in
+the bright moonlight, if they attempted to swim across or used some of
+their own boats. The only way in which they could avoid detection
+would be by crossing above or below this point.
+
+They would hardly ascend the Xingu for this purpose, since the rapids
+would oblige them to travel a long way, and the place of ferryage,
+therefore, was likely to be below the campfire.
+
+Such were the views of the whites, as they shoved the canoe into the
+stream, and stepping within, seized the paddles, which the helpers were
+too frightened to use effectively, while so near the dreaded shore.
+
+Fred Ashman had taken but a few strokes when he handed the implement to
+Bippo and ordered him to use it. Then, resuming his Winchester, he
+faced the land, half suspecting they would not be allowed to reach the
+other side without some demonstration on the part of their fierce
+antagonists.
+
+Time was of the first importance, and all the paddles in the craft were
+plied with the utmost possible vigor, each yard passed adding to the
+hope that hostilities were over for the time.
+
+Probably three-fourths of the distance was accomplished, when a low
+exclamation from Ashman caused all to cease paddling and gaze at the
+shore which he was watching with such interest.
+
+The most gigantic savage yet seen had emerged from the forest trail,
+but instead of advancing to the river's edge, he halted just far enough
+from the wood to allow the moonlight to inclose him. He was thus in
+almost as plain-sight as if it were mid-day.
+
+He stood in silent contemplation of the strangers that had invaded his
+dominions and given his people such a dear lesson. Confident that he
+could accomplish no harm, even if he wished to try it, Ashman refrained
+from firing, while the company surveyed him with a feeling akin to
+admiration.
+
+He was over six feet in height and of massive proportions. He would
+have been an ugly customer in a tussle where the conditions were equal,
+and Ashman could not forbear the thought that he was one of the
+contestants in the frightful sport he had witnessed near the village.
+If so, there was little doubt that he was hailed the champion. It may
+have been that he had hastened along the forest path, burning with a
+desire to assail the mysterious beings who had used his countrymen so
+ill, and he was filled with chagrin and disappointment that he had
+arrived too late.
+
+But there was no end to the fancies that might be formed concerning
+him. That there was little imagination about Bippo was shown by his
+timid request to his masters to shoot the savage. To Bippo the
+elimination of a single enemy of such formidable mien was a
+consummation devoutly to be prayed for. But the Professor reminded the
+native that they only slew in self-defense.
+
+All at once, the herculean savage was seen to make a motion of his arm,
+and before the act could be understood, the terrified Bippo called out
+that he was about to throw his javelin. At the same instant he and his
+two companions cowered in the bottom of the boat, where they were
+abundantly protected.
+
+"The poor fellow is disappointed," laughed Ashman, "and he must show
+his anger, even if it requires the loss of one of his----"
+
+Something like the flitting of a bird's wing whisked so close to the
+speaker's face that he involuntarily threw back his head. At the same
+instant, a heavy javelin crashed through the side of the boat, as if it
+were cardboard, and splashed out of sight in the water beyond.
+
+The missile of the gigantic savage had passed between Ashman and the
+Professor, missing both by a few inches.
+
+The young man, like a flash, brought his rifle to his shoulder and
+sighted at the savage who was still in plain sight, as if defying the
+whites to do their worst.
+
+But Ashman did not pull the trigger. Lowering his weapon, he said:
+
+"You have earned your life."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+DOUBLE-GUARDED.
+
+The native who had made the wonderful throw of the javelin stood a
+moment longer, and then as if satisfied that he could do no more, he
+turned about and disappeared.
+
+Fortunately, the missile had struck the upper part of the canoe,
+through which it tore a jagged hole several inches wide, and a short
+distance above the water. The injury could be easily repaired, and at
+present required no attention.
+
+The paddles were again called into play, and the prow of the craft
+gently touched shore.
+
+Having reached the right bank, the explorers had something to think of
+beside the savages whom they hoped were left behind for good. Two
+white men were known to be in the neighborhood, and there was warrant
+for believing they were as hostile as the natives from whom our friends
+had had such a narrow escape. With their superior intelligence, there
+was more to be feared from them than from the brave but ignorant
+savages; but, at the same time, it was to be hoped they might be
+conciliated, and that, if not, they would fight without the use of the
+fearful implements used by the savages, who held human life in such
+light esteem.
+
+On the other hand, the explorers were too sensible to believe they had
+seen the last of the warriors that had proven their daring and ferocity.
+
+It was decided to leave all the luggage in the canoe which was held so
+lightly against the bank that it could be shoved into the river at an
+instant's need. No fire was to be kindled, although the entire party
+left the boat and advanced to the edge of the wood, beneath whose
+shelter they seated themselves on the ground.
+
+The night which they had hoped would afford them much needed rest,
+promised to be most exhausting in its requirements.
+
+It had been the custom of the explorers, when camping on their way to
+the Matto Grosso, to have at all times a couple of their number on
+guard, the night being divided into two watches. For the first five
+hundred miles, after leaving the Amazon, this precaution was mainly to
+provide against the wild animals, that were always prowling around
+camp, and often showed a curiosity to make the acquaintance of the
+sleepers, and especially of their supplies.
+
+The white men held an earnest consultation, while occupied in eating
+their evening meal or lunch. Had they deemed it prudent to kindle a
+fire, they would have prepared some fragrant coffee, of which they
+carried an abundance, though plenty of the little berries were
+encountered growing wild along the Xingu.
+
+But that much-relished refreshment was now dispensed with, and they ate
+their fruit and a slight quantity of dried meat in darkness. The fish
+in the river was an unfailing source of supply, but that species of
+food also required fire in its preparation, and was therefore out of
+the question for the time.
+
+Their latitude was about fifteen degrees south, the temperature being
+so mild that the whites could have got along very well with as scanty
+raiment as their native helpers, though, as has been intimated, they
+clung to a civilized costume. They wore broad Panama hats, flannel
+shirts, with no coats or vests, and strong duck trousers thrust into
+their bootlegs. Thus attired, they were probably as comfortable as
+they could be.
+
+A belt around the waist contained a supply of cartridges for their
+Winchesters and revolvers, besides affording a resting place for the
+knives, the indispensible Smith & Wesson being carried in the hip
+pocket, after the usual fashion.
+
+In view of the unusual peril threatening the party, extra precautions
+were taken against surprise. It was arranged that Quincal and Jared
+Long should mount guard until midnight, when they would give way to
+Pedros and the professor. This would leave Bippo and Ashman free from
+any duty, their turn to come the following night.
+
+Ashman, however, insisted on taking a part which was somewhat original
+in its nature. He was confident that if the savages found it
+impracticable to cross the Xingu in sight of the explorers, they would
+pass down stream and endeavor to do so, at a point where they could not
+be observed by those in camp.
+
+He meant, therefore, to station himself so as to be able to detect such
+a movement. With his repeating rifle at command, he was sanguine of
+defeating the attempt, even though made by a score of enemies.
+
+But for the peculiar contour of the banks on both sides, the whites
+could have done much better by simply paddling the canoe a quarter of a
+mile down the river and then hiding under the overhanging vegetation;
+but it has been explained that the Xingu, when its volume was swelled
+by rain, had swept the shores with such violence that they were bare
+for a dozen feet from the water.
+
+Such a movement, therefore, would have to be made in the full light of
+the moon, and would, therefore, be plainly perceptible from the
+opposite bank--a fact which rendered the precaution of no avail.
+
+All conceded the wisdom of Ashman's plan. The Professor urged him in
+case he found himself growing drowsy, to return at once to camp and
+allow one of his friends to take his place. The young man gave his
+promise, and, bidding them good-by, he began stealing down the stream,
+keeping as closely within the wall of shadow as he could, and advancing
+with as much care as though he saw the fierce savages across the Xingu
+watching for just such a movement.
+
+The peculiar nature of the ground rendered progress easy, and he paused
+after going about a furlong, believing he had advanced sufficiently far
+to accomplish what he wished.
+
+The essential work of Ashman was to cover one-half the distance between
+him and the camp, the further half being under the surveillance of the
+guards on duty there. Since he could also overlook the stream equally
+far in the opposite direction, it will be seen that the savages would
+have to make their crossing nearly a fourth of a mile below the camp to
+escape observation.
+
+All this was on the theory that the lone sentinel was really able to
+scan the space with sufficient clearness to detect anything of the
+nature apprehended, and that the savages themselves had no suspicion of
+any such extra care on the part of their enemies.
+
+The astonishing brilliancy of the moonlight will be appreciated, when
+it is stated that Ashman felt not the least doubt of his ability to
+meet every requirement of his self-assumed duty.
+
+Well aware, from previous experience, of the insidious approach of
+slumber to the most vigilant sentinel, when unable to keep in motion,
+he avoided sitting down, even though he never felt more wakeful. So
+long as he stood erect, there was no danger of his lapsing into
+unconsciousness.
+
+Another indispensable requirement was that he should not be tempted
+into venturing from the shadow where he stood, for such an act was
+liable to bring about discovery and defeat the very object that had
+brought him thither.
+
+The moon was so nearly in the zenith that the shade from the edge of
+the forest did not project halfway across the open space to which we
+have alluded. It was in this partial gloom that the young man took his
+station, placing himself as far back as he could without standing among
+the trees themselves.
+
+He was in the position of one who feels that the lives of his dearest
+friends are placed in his hands. To him, nothing was more evident than
+that the revengeful savages would attempt to cross the stream and make
+another stealthy attack upon the camp. They surely must feel enough
+dread of the terrible weapons that had wrought such havoc, not to defy
+them again, but would make their next demonstration in the nature of a
+flank movement.
+
+One fact caused Ashman some surprise; he had seen nothing of any canoes
+or boats, which were plentiful along the shores of the Xingu below. It
+was not to be supposed that such a powerful and brave tribe as those on
+the other side, would live in a country abounding in streams, without
+finding need of such craft.
+
+But because he had not seen them, was no proof that they were not in
+existence. They may have been drawn up among the trees, their precise
+location known only to their owners.
+
+The prospect of holding his place for several hours, with his senses at
+a high tension, was not an inviting one, for he did not expect the
+savages to make their attempt before midnight; all such people aiming
+to surprise their enemies when wrapped in profound slumber.
+
+But Ashman had not been at his station a half hour, when, to his
+amazement, he discovered that something was going on across the river
+directly opposite.
+
+Despite the strong moonlight, he was unable to guess for a long time
+what it meant. He first heard a splash, as though a body had fallen or
+been thrown into the water, and then, for several minutes, everything
+was still as before.
+
+It was a source of annoyance to him that at this moment, when he hoped
+to keep his attention fixed on matters on the other bank, he should be
+disturbed by a sound among the trees directly behind him. He, turned
+sharply and looked around, for the noise which had caught his attention
+was a footfall beyond all question.
+
+But, if the youth was to be taken between two fires, he was ready. The
+stranger nearest him could have no thought of his proximity, or he
+would have taken more care to suppress any noise. Since he was so much
+nearer than him on the other side. Ashman was forced to give his whole
+attention for the moment to the former's approach.
+
+His suspense was brief, for while he stood with rifle ready, a large
+puma, or American lion, emerged from a point a couple of rods away,
+walked in his stealthy fashion to the edge of the river and began
+lapping the water.
+
+Ashman wished nothing with him in view of more important business
+elsewhere, and he, therefore, stepped softly back in the wood, before
+the beast finished drinking.
+
+The puma quickly slaked his thirst, and then, raising his head, looked
+about him with an inquiring stare as though he scented something
+suspicious. He gazed toward the other shore and finally swung himself
+lightly around, and trotted back to the forest.
+
+Just before entering, he abruptly stopped and looked toward the spot
+where Ashman was concealed. He offered a tempting shot, but it hardly
+need be said that the young man restrained himself, and the next minute
+the beast vanished.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+A MYSTIFIED SENTINEL.
+
+Jared Long, the New Englander, and Quincal, the native helper, were the
+sentinels on duty in the immediate vicinity of the camp.
+
+The professor was wearied from a hard day's work, and, feeling that
+everything possible had been done for the safety of all, stretched out
+upon his blanket on the soft ground and was soon asleep.
+
+He expected to assume his duty as guardsman in the course of a few
+hours, and needed all the rest he could get before that time.
+
+Bippo and Pedros were so disturbed by what they had witnessed, that,
+though they lay down at the same time, it was a good while before they
+closed their eyes in slumber. Their homes were near the mouth of the
+Xingu, and, even at that remote point, they had heard so many fearful
+accounts of the ferocious savages that infested the upper portions of
+the river, that they never would have dared to help in an attempt to
+explore the region but for the liberal pay promised, and their
+unbounded faith in the white men and their firearms.
+
+The poor fellows would have given all they had, or expected to have, to
+be transported down the Xingu and out of the reach of the terrible
+natives who used their poisoned arrows and javelins with such effect;
+but, behold! the explorers, undaunted by what had taken place, had no
+thought of turning back, but were resolved to push on for an unknown
+distance, and Bippo and his friends had no choice but to go with them,
+for to run away would insure certain death at the hands of these people
+who seemed to be all around them.
+
+Jared Long had so little faith in the usefulness of the servant Quincal
+as sentinel, that he arranged to place the least dependence possible on
+him. With no supposition that any danger was likely to come from the
+woods behind them, he sent the fellow a short distance back,
+instructing him to keep his ears and eyes open, since if he failed to
+do so, some wild animal was likely to devour him.
+
+In crossing the Xingu below the falls, the rapid current had swept the
+canoe downward, so that it lay against the bank at a point fully two
+hundred yards below. It was here that the American stationed himself,
+standing, like Fred Ashman, just far enough from the water to be
+shrouded in the slight but increasing shadow made as the moon slowly
+worked over and beyond the zenith.
+
+Looking across to the other shore, he could discern nothing upon which
+to hang a suspicion; but the first thing, perhaps trifling in itself,
+which attracted notice, was the unusual quantity of driftwood which
+appeared to be coming through the rapids and floating past.
+
+As has been stated, in such a wooded country as the Matto Grasso there
+was always more or less of this, and Long had taken a critical survey
+of the rapids and noted the stuff which went plunging and dancing
+through them. Now, however, he was sure there was an increase, and a
+good deal of it consisted of large trees and logs, which must have been
+brought down by some cause more than ordinary.
+
+Had there been anything else to occupy his attention, the fact would
+have escaped him, but the sentinel who is alive to his duty, notes
+little things, even when they seem to have no bearing on the great
+subject which engages all his energies.
+
+It was a long way from the camp to the source of the Xingu, and in such
+a vast country as Brazil, there might have been a violent storm raging
+at that moment above and below them without the least evidence, so far
+as they could see, around them. Like all countries, that portion of
+empire is ravaged at times by fierce hurricanes and cyclones, which
+might have uprooted scores of trees and flung them into the waters
+which were now bearing them toward the Amazon and the broad Atlantic.
+
+The sentinel naturally gave his chief attention to the other side of
+the Xingu, where so many stirring scenes had taken place that afternoon
+and evening. The camp-fire, which had been left burning, had
+smouldered so low that none of the embers were discernible, and only a
+thin column of smoke crept slowly upward marking where it had been.
+But this vapor was so clearly seen in the wonderful moonlight that it
+was easy to fix the precise point where the trail entered the
+wilderness.
+
+It was just there, as Long believed, that the savages would debouch
+into sight, and renew the warfare which thus far had been only one
+series of disasters to them.
+
+He was not mistaken, when, shortly after he had noticed the increasing
+number of logs and driftwood, he fancied he detected something going on
+at the very point on which his gaze was fixed.
+
+As was the case with Fred Ashman, it was some time before he could so
+much as conjecture its nature. The glimpses were so faint and
+momentary that nothing tangible resulted, though he was positive that
+some of their enemies were there.
+
+At the moment he uttered an exclamation of impatience, he made out
+three figures of the natives, who advanced far enough from the wood for
+him to identify them.
+
+Not only that, but they walked stealthily to the edge of the river and
+stood several minutes, as if looking across at the canoe.
+
+Long was confident that he could drop one of them at least, and he was
+tempted to do so. The most effective way of keeping the savages off
+was by nipping their schemes in the bud, and filling them with
+additional terror of the white strangers.
+
+But he decided to wait a while, suspecting, as he did, that some scheme
+whose nature he could not guess was under way, and that if the
+projectors were undisturbed, it would soon be revealed.
+
+Jared Long, we say, was convinced that the natives were scrutinizing
+the canoe and seeking to learn something about the occupants, whom they
+had doubtless watched as they made their way from the water to the
+shelter of the wood. Such was his belief, and yet he was altogether
+mistaken.
+
+It struck him as odd that the savages acted as they did, when it would
+seem that they could see just as well from the edge of the wood, where
+they were not exposed to the fire of their enemies; but he reflected
+that there was precious little about the conduct of the natives from
+the first that could be explained on the line of common sense and
+consistency.
+
+The trio stood in view less than five minutes, when they darted back to
+cover, as if afraid of being seen by the whites, a theory altogether
+untenable under the circumstances.
+
+The natural supposition of the sentinel was that a large number of the
+savages had gathered under the bank and were making ready for some
+demonstration, which would soon take place.
+
+It was not yet time to awaken the Professor and the natives. In fact,
+the plucky New Englander half believed that with his repeating rifle he
+would be able to beat off any approach from the other shore.
+
+At this moment, he was amazed to see one of the savages do an
+extraordinary thing.
+
+Darting out from the wood behind him, he ran to the smouldering
+camp-fire seized a brand that was covered with ashes, and circled it so
+swiftly about his head that it was fanned into a roaring blaze.
+
+While doing this, he stood apparently with one foot in the margin of
+the Xingu, and evidently with not the slightest fear of the white
+strangers within gun-shot. He not only swung the brand forward several
+times, but reversed and spun it in the other direction, with a velocity
+that made it look like a solid ring of fire.
+
+Suddenly the truth flashed upon the bewildered sentinel: _the savage
+was signaling to some friend or friends on the other bank_! That being
+the case, it followed that the friend or friends were most
+uncomfortably close to the camp of the white men.
+
+And still Long failed to attach any importance to the unusual quantity
+of logs and driftwood that was sweeping down the Xingu in front of him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+TO THE DEATH.
+
+It was at this juncture that Jared Long, peering out from the shadow of
+the wood, observed a larger log than any he had yet noticed, sweeping
+by within a short distance of shore.
+
+It was without any branches, except a few near the top, but there
+seemed to be a number of big knots projecting from the upper side. He
+counted seven and they were all of the same size. Furthermore, unless
+he was mistaken, the huge tree, from some cause, was working closer to
+land.
+
+_Suddenly one of the knots moved_!
+
+The sentinel uttered an exclamation, for the startling truth flashed
+upon him with the quickness of lightning.
+
+Each apparent knot was the head of a native!
+
+With amazing coolness, the New Englander brought his Winchester to a
+level, and _bang, bang, bang_, he shattered three of the knots in quick
+succession.
+
+He would not have stopped the frightful work even then, had not the
+other targets disappeared.
+
+Awaking to their danger, the warriors, dropped down so low in the water
+that the log intervened between them and the deadly marksman.
+
+Still the tree with its terrible load was approaching land. The
+natives were swimming toward shore and pushing it in front of them.
+
+Long stepped back and roused the professor, placing his mouth so close
+to his ear that he was able to apprise him of what was going on,
+without being heard by their enemies.
+
+Grimcke bounded to his feet, rifle in hand.
+
+"We'll take them as they come out!" he replied, instantly grasping the
+situation.
+
+The log was drifting lower down at the same time that it neared the
+land. Determined to confront the savages the instant they came forth,
+the explorers hurried along the edge of the wood, so as to be on the
+spot when the landing should be made. It was well they did so, for a
+more astounding discovery than the first, instantly followed the
+movement.
+
+More than one of the trees that had floated by carried its human
+freight, and nearly a score of savages were crouching in the edge of
+the river, so flat on their faces that not one was visible from the
+spot where the sentinel was standing a moment before.
+
+The natives, with a cunning that was never suspected, had crossed the
+Xingu above the rapids, where, as they knew, such a proceeding would
+not be anticipated by the explorers. Then, stealthily making their way
+to the bottom of the rapids, they first launched a number of trees and
+logs until, as may be said, the white man on guard should become so
+accustomed to them that they would cause no distrust.
+
+If he should be tempted to scrutinize the first, he would learn that
+nothing was amiss and would let the rest go by unquestioned.
+
+As a result, the natives had floated past the canoe and under the very
+nose of the sentinel without his detecting it.
+
+The savage who swung the torch on the other side of the river probably
+meant it as a command for the daring raiders to make no further delay
+in their attack.
+
+The group lying against the shore must have been puzzled by the sudden
+bombardment from the edge of the wood. They were so disconcerted, that
+instead of springing to their feet and charging upon the two defenders
+of the camp, half of them turned about, and diving deep into the
+stream, began furiously swimming for the other shore.
+
+They must have concluded that there was a hitch somewhere in the
+programme, and the time for disappearing had arrived.
+
+The other half, however, leaped to their feet, and, brandishing their
+spears and yelling at the top of their voices, ran swiftly in the
+direction of the whites, who were still firing their Winchesters.
+
+"Get behind a tree!" shouted the professor, who had a wholesome dread
+of the poisoned weapons, and who lost no time in availing himself of
+the nearest shelter.
+
+But he did not cease to use his rifle. The cartridges in his magazine
+were running low, and it was necessary to exercise care in aiming, for
+a few precious seconds must be consumed in extracting an additional
+supply from the belt at his waist.
+
+But Jared Long declined to follow the sensible advice and example of
+his friend. Scorning to seek shelter, even from such terrible weapons,
+he blazed away, making nearly every shot tell.
+
+It was not until he saw a knot of savages working round with a view of
+getting behind him, that he fell back a few paces, though still
+exposed. The wonder was that he had not already been pierced by more
+than one of the fatal missiles.
+
+Suddenly he was jerked almost off his feet. The impatient professor
+had seized his arm and yanked him behind the tree at his side in spite
+of himself.
+
+The New Englander would have been a zany to expose himself again, after
+being provided in this summary fashion with a shield.
+
+But he, too, had about emptied the magazine of his Winchester.
+Although he could have brought out more cartridges from his belt in a
+twinkling, he coolly leaned his rifle against the tree and whipped out
+his revolver.
+
+"After that is emptied," he reflected, "my knife is left."
+
+The action of the natives suggested that it was their wish to take both
+the men prisoners instead of killing them. They had done too much to
+be let off with such an easy death: they were wanted for torture.
+
+But, in making such a contract, it may be said that the assailants
+found it exceedingly difficult to deliver the goods.
+
+They might as well have tried to seize and hold a couple of diminutive
+volcanoes, as to lay hands on the men whose supply of fire and death
+seemed without limit.
+
+In the midst of the frightful struggle, with the shrieking figures
+falling, dashing forward and retreating, as if in wild bewilderment,
+Quincal rushed out of the wood with a shout brandishing his spear and
+making straight for the ferocious savages.
+
+With a daring and strength that surprised the latter no more than it
+did his white friends, he drove the head of the weapon sheer through
+one of the assailants, who went over backward with a screech that
+drowned all other noises.
+
+Quincal still grasped his weapon with both hands, and with amazing
+power, extricated it, as his victim fell, and turned upon the others.
+
+But, by this time, he was surrounded and his fate was sealed.
+
+Anxious to save the brave fellow, the professor and Long emptied their
+revolvers among his enemies, but were unable to scatter them until the
+fellow sank to the ground, pierced deep and fatally in a dozen places
+by the poisoned javelins.
+
+Instinctively, the two white men filled their magazines from their
+belts, as quickly as they could, and by the time Quincal was no more,
+they opened again on the savages.
+
+The latter had already lost fearfully, and this renewed assault was
+more than they could stand. If, instead of trying to make the white
+men prisoners, they had contented themselves with hurling their spears,
+when they first sprang from the ground, nothing could have saved
+Grimcke and Long.
+
+Now, when they launched the missiles, it was too late. The white men
+were each protected by the trunk of a large tree, and standing back in
+the shadow, their faces could not be seen. The only way of locating
+them was by the flash of their guns.
+
+They sent a shower of the javelins into the wood, and then were seized
+with that strange, aimless panic which sometimes comes over the bravest
+men in the crisis of a conflict. The survivors made a wild break for
+the river, into which they sprang as far as they could leap, diving
+deep, swimming as far as possible beneath the surface, then coming up
+an instant for breath and diving again.
+
+The blood of the Professor and the American was at fever heat. They
+felt it wrong to show mercy, after what had taken place, and were in no
+mood for any further weakness of that nature.
+
+Both ran down to the edge of the stream, and, standing almost in the
+water, took deliberate aim at every black head as it rose to the
+surface. They kept popping up here and there, at varying distances,
+only to drop out of sight again, the instant the swimmer caught breath;
+but in many instances, when they went down the second or third time,
+they did not come up again.
+
+Professor Grimcke and Jared Long were throwing away no ammunition.
+
+Finally, the dark forms began rising from the river on the other shore,
+where they darted into the wood, fearful of the dreadful messengers
+which followed them even there.
+
+The repulse was decisive and there was little fear of the attack on the
+camp being renewed that night.
+
+The shocking evidences of the disastrous repulse were on every hand,
+with the body of poor Quincal lying at the feet of the assailant whom
+he had slain, and with nearly a score of dusky bodies stretched in
+every conceivable attitude.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+A CHANGE OF CAMP.
+
+Professor Grimcke and Jared Long stood like a couple of warriors,
+exhausted from the desperate conflict which they had been waging for
+hours.
+
+And yet the sanguinary contest had lasted but a few minutes, while they
+who had wrought all this destruction did little more than stand, aim
+and fire their guns. The task of the natives was tenfold harder, as
+the results were tenfold worse against them.
+
+Like old hunters, the first thing the explorers did was to fill the
+magazines of their Winchesters with cartridges, after which their
+revolvers were reloaded. Then they were ready for business again.
+
+At this moment, Bippo and Pedros crept from the wood, the picture of
+quaking terror. They had been roused at the beginning of the tumult,
+but deeming discretion the better part of valor, scrambled farther back
+into the forest, where they remained almost dead with fright, until
+sure the awful scene was over.
+
+There can be little question that Quincal was as much terrified as they
+and possibly more. It was his very excess of panic, which turned his
+head, and caused him to do that which would have been beyond his power
+under other circumstances.
+
+When they saw the dead body of their comrade, Bippo and Pedros broke
+into loud lamentations. There could be no doubt that they mourned the
+poor fellow as much as did the explorers who had witnessed his death.
+
+The surroundings of the camp were so frightful that the Professor
+proposed they should get beyond sight of it by drifting further down
+stream, a proposal to which his companion willingly agreed.
+
+What should be done with the body of Quincal? This was the question
+which caused the party to hesitate a minute or two after the canoe was
+shoved into the water and ready to float down stream.
+
+The wishes of his companions were asked, and Bippo replied that the
+most fitting burial, and one in accordance with the peculiar customs of
+their people, was to give it burial in the Xingu.
+
+This was in consonance with the feelings of Grimcke and Long, and they
+at once made arrangements to carry out the plan.
+
+The remains were tenderly carried into the boat, and a large stone
+fastened by means of a piece of rope to the ankles, which were tied
+together. Then the craft was paddled to the middle of the river, and
+the body carefully lifted over the side. Holding it thus suspended for
+a minute or two, Jared Long and the Professor lifted their hats and
+closed their eyes while the New Englander uttered a brief prayer,
+committing the soul to Him who gave it, commending the other body,
+lying alone in the dark forest where it had fallen, to the same
+merciful Father, and beseeching his protection to the living through
+the perils by which they were environed. A splash followed, and all
+that was mortal of the native sank out of sight to sleep until awakened
+by the trump of the resurrection morn.
+
+The sad duty completed, the attention of the party was given to the
+duties before them.
+
+It was a sorrowful reflection, that, since the set of sun, two of their
+number had yielded up their lives, and they had barely reached the edge
+of the Matto Grosso, that land of mystery into which they hoped to
+penetrate far enough to learn much that was yet unknown to the
+civilized world.
+
+If they were compelled to pay such fearful toll before they were fairly
+within the strange region, what was to be the cost of exploring the
+wild country itself?
+
+But while Bippo and Pedros were more anxious than ever to leave the
+section with its dreadful memories behind them, neither dare give
+expression to his thoughts, and the German and American were not made
+of the stuff which yields when first exposed to the fire.
+
+They reasoned that if there were no such formidable difficulties to
+overcome, others would have visited the country long before and
+explored it so fully that nothing would be left for those who came
+after them. The prize is the most valuable for which the highest price
+is exacted. Neither referred to the abandonment of their work, for no
+such idea entered their minds.
+
+It is not to be supposed that during the fearful scenes through which
+the leader of the expedition and his friend passed, they forgot that
+their friend Fred Ashman was only a short distance away. Indeed, one
+cause for pushing the canoe into the stream and allowing it to drift
+with the swift current was that they might join Fred with the
+announcement of what had taken place during his absence.
+
+They supposed that he must have heard the rifle reports and the yells
+and shrieks of the natives during the desperate conflict, for though
+the rapids gave out a roar which penetrated miles, yet the sharp
+discharges and cries of the combatants were of a nature to be heard
+still farther.
+
+Had the explorers suspected what was coming, Ashman, of course, would
+have staid with his friends; for his services were almost
+indispensable. In fact, but for the singular attempt of the natives to
+make captives of the white men, they would have been unable to
+withstand the terrific onslaught, despite the vast superiority of their
+weapons over those of the assailants.
+
+It never occurred to Grimcke or Long that their friend could have got
+into trouble himself. He was removed from the scene of conflict, which
+was over so quickly that he could not have reached the spot in time to
+take part, had he started on the instant the first gun was fired.
+
+But it struck both, while drifting downward and carefully scanning the
+shore, as strange that nothing had been seen of Ashman. Enough time
+had now elapsed for him to traverse the intervening distance several
+times, and it was to be supposed that he would have put in an
+appearance without delay, provided he was free to do so.
+
+The two talked together in low tones, and admitted that there was
+something to cause misgiving in Fred's continued absence. What could
+be the explanation?
+
+The Professor was inclined to think their friend had gone farther down
+stream than he first intended; but, even if such were the fact, he
+hardly could have traveled so far that he would not have been well on
+his way back to the battle ground by this time.
+
+The trend of the Xingu was such at this point, that the thin line of
+shadow along the wood on their left, as they passed down the river,
+steadily widened until it now almost reached the water itself. In a
+short time it would extend over the surface and afford the canoe that
+shelter which, had it come earlier in the evening, might have postponed
+the desperate conflict with the savages.
+
+The move from above was merely to get away from the sights that met
+them at every turn; and, without seeking to drift to the point where
+Ashman was supposed to be waiting, the explorers turned the prow to
+land, which they touched a moment later.
+
+It would have been more cheerful to have had a fire burning, but there
+was no other call for it. The mild temperature rendered it really more
+enjoyable without it, since the blaze was always sure to attract
+innumerable insects, and possibly might tempt the defeated natives to
+another effort to wipe out the deadly insults that had been theirs from
+the beginning.
+
+It was not yet midnight, nor indeed anywhere near it, but the Professor
+volunteered to take his turn with Bippo for the remaining hours of
+darkness. But no such arrangement was necessary, since every member of
+the party was rendered wakeful by the exciting incidents, while the
+grief of Bippo and Pedros over the loss of their friend was sure to
+drive away all slumber for a long time.
+
+The luggage was left in the canoe, where all the party would have
+stayed, had not their positions been so cramped as to render sleeping
+difficult. Their blankets were spread on the ground, where they
+reclined, talking in low tones, watching, listening, and speculating as
+to the cause of Fred Ashman's continued absence.
+
+Long was about to open his mouth to advance a new theory, when a slight
+sound apprised him that either the young man they were talking about,
+or some one else, was approaching.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+A STRANGE ENCOUNTER.
+
+Fred Ashman was standing near the edge of the Xingu, as will be
+remembered, when his attention was diverted for the moment by a puma,
+which came out of the wood, drank from the stream, and then, after a
+brief pause, returned to his shelter.
+
+All this while, the dull roar of the rapids was in the explorer's ears,
+and he was eager to withdraw his attention from the beast and direct it
+upon the opposite shore, where he was convinced something unusual was
+going on.
+
+The minute the beast disappeared, he looked across at the point that
+had so interested him.
+
+The question which he had asked himself some time before, was answered
+by the sight of a small canoe that was stealing down the river, instead
+of heading directly across to where he was standing. In this boat was
+a single individual, using a paddle with the deftness of an American
+Indian.
+
+Here was something that needed attention, and, with the aid of the
+brilliant moonlight. Ashman watched the craft and its occupant as
+closely as if his own fate were wrapped up in its movements--a
+supposition which it was not improbable was fact itself.
+
+The savage moved slowly, as if sensible of the call for the utmost
+care, went only a few rods down stream, when he turned out in the water
+and aimed for the shore where the watcher was standing. He had gone
+some distance below, and it was to be supposed that the force of the
+current would carry him still farther, so that if he made a landing it
+was likely to be far below.
+
+But he who held the paddle was a master of that species of navigation,
+and Ashman was surprised to observe that he was aiming at the very spot
+where he was standing carefully concealed in the shadow. If nothing
+interfered, they were sure of making a closer acquaintance.
+
+The boat was about the middle of the river, when the white man was
+struck by the immense size of the occupant. He was one of the largest
+men he had ever seen, his weight sinking the canoe almost to its
+gunwales.
+
+"He must be the savage who hurled his javelin through our boat," was
+the conclusion of the astonished Fred. "What a magnificent fellow he
+is!"
+
+The native sat so that his face was turned toward the young man, who
+studied his countenance with the deepest interest.
+
+He had the busy head, the large protruding eyes, and the dark, naked
+skin of all his people. His enormous arms swung the paddle first on
+one side of the boat and then on the other. As he did so, Fred saw the
+play of the splendid muscle, which was like that of Hercules himself.
+Rash would be that antagonist who engaged him in a hand-to-hand
+struggle.
+
+Nothing in the world was easier than for the explorer to extinguish the
+life in that impressive specimen of physical manhood, without the least
+risk to himself, and yet, although he knew him to be the most
+formidable enemy of his people, he held no thought of doing him
+harm--at least not at the present stage of his extraordinary business.
+
+It was at this decidedly interesting juncture that a new element
+obtruded itself. The sounds of guns, shouts and yells, in the
+direction of the rapids left no doubt that his friends there were
+having a lively time with the natives.
+
+Ashman would have turned and made all haste thither, but for the
+presence of this burly giant in front. Whatever was going on down
+stream was with the full knowledge of him, and he was the one for the
+white man to look after.
+
+Had the latter been surprised by the sounds of conflict, he would have
+ceased paddling or headed his boat up stream, but he merely glanced
+toward the rapids, and continued dipping his paddle and propelling his
+craft, as if it was his intention to step ashore and grasp the hand of
+the astonished youth awaiting his arrival.
+
+The passage occupied but a very few minutes. Just before the bank was
+reached, he made one powerful sweep of the oar, which sent the prow far
+up the shingle, and then leaped as lightly as a cat from the structure,
+which bounded up as if relieved of several hundred pounds' weight.
+
+Turning about, the giant stooped down and took a spear as long and
+heavy as the one he had hurled nearly across the Xingu, through the
+boat of the explorers.
+
+It seemed that there was to be no end to the obtrusion of "side issues"
+upon the little drama going on under Fred Ashman's eyes. It must have
+been that the puma which had slaked its thirst at the Xingu's margin a
+short time before, had become convinced that parties were near,
+entitled to his attention.
+
+While endeavoring to locate him, he probably caught sight of the
+approaching native and concluded that he was the individual to whom he
+should turn.
+
+Be that as it may, the native had only time to pick up his ponderous
+spear and face toward the wood, when the lion emerged from the
+broadening band of shadow, and, with a low, threatening growl, advanced
+upon him.
+
+Like the cat species to which he belonged, he crouched so low while
+walking, that his shoulders protruded above his back in large humps,
+and his belly almost touched the ground. His long tail flirted angrily
+from side to side, his jaws were parted, disclosing his sharp,
+carnivorous teeth and blood-red tongue, while his eyes emitted a
+phosphorescent glow that was like fire itself.
+
+He was a formidable antagonist, and as Ashman observed his movements
+and ugly appearance, he felt like pumping a half dozen bullets into his
+lank, muscular body.
+
+But he experienced the natural interest of a sportsman in an impending
+fight, and was curious to see how the huge native would acquit himself
+in the struggle at hand.
+
+He was not kept long in doubt. The savage observed the puma the moment
+his head emerged from the shadow into the moonlight, and he instantly
+prepared himself to meet him.
+
+Little preparation, however, was necessary, for he carried but the
+single weapon and that had only to be grasped in his right hand.
+
+The warrior might have leaped into his craft and escaped by paddling
+out in the river, where he could drive the boat at a faster pace than
+the beast could swim, but he did nothing of the kind.
+
+He neither advanced nor retreated, but, standing just in front of the
+prow, he rested on his right leg; with the left foot thrown forward,
+and the tremendous javelin balanced over his right shoulder.
+
+His pose was admirable, and even in that thrilling moment compelled the
+admiration of the single spectator, who was strongly of the opinion
+that the puma, to put it mildly, was committing an error of judgment.
+
+There may have been some strange, instinctive knowledge which
+penetrated the brain of the beast before he reached the assailing
+point, and which compelled him to stop. The individual whom he had
+selected as his victim was not to be crushed at a single effort, as he
+was accustomed to bring down the llamas, antelope, and other animals of
+the wilderness. No; there was something in that pose, the demeanor and
+the flash of the midnight eyes which forced the fierce creature to
+pause, when on the very death line, as it may be termed.
+
+But if the native was defiant, the puma had no purpose of retreating
+from before such a powerful enemy. In his blind ferocity, he would
+have assailed him, could it have been impressed upon him that his own
+destruction would be the inevitable result.
+
+The lank jaws were still parted and dripped foam, as the lion continued
+his cavernous growls, while his ears lying flat on his head in the
+manner peculiar to the feline species, the bristling spine and the
+lashing of the tail gave the beast the appearance of a bundle of
+concentrated fury, as indeed he was.
+
+Fred Ashman was struck almost breathless by what followed.
+
+He observed the curious, twitching movement of the puma's legs as they
+were gathered closer under his body, and which is always a sure
+evidence that the animal is about to make his decisive leap upon his
+victim. The native must have read the movement aright, for the hand
+over his shoulder was suddenly thrown back and instantly forward again,
+as his javelin left his grasp with terrific force and the suddenness of
+lightning.
+
+But inconceivably quick as was the action, the puma dodged the missile,
+which entered the earth just behind him, and driven with such
+tremendous force was buried half its length in the ground.
+
+Almost at the same instant the body of the lion rose in air and shot
+forward as if driven from the throat of a Parrott gun.
+
+But if the brute was quick, so was the man, who dropped downward
+without moving his feet, and allowed his assailant to pass over his
+head and land directly in the canoe, where for a single second only he
+was partly hidden from sight.
+
+Hardly had he landed, when the warrior darted forward several paces to
+where his javelin projected from the ground, seized it with both hands
+and wrenched it free. Whirling about, he confronted the beast once
+more, as he was gathering himself for a second leap.
+
+The savage learned wisdom from what had just occurred, and instead of
+allowing the weapon to leave his hand, held it with an immovable grip
+and awaited the renewal of the attack.
+
+The puma seemed also to have absorbed some instruction from his
+failure, and instead of leaping at once, began a stealthy advance,
+coming over the side of the canoe with the gliding motion of a serpent,
+and evidently wishing to get so near that his victim could not escape
+again by the means he used before.
+
+Suddenly the native, still holding the javelin with both hands, stepped
+forward a single pace. This placed him in the strongest possible
+position, and, with one appalling thrust, he drove the spear for a
+distance of two feet into the chest of the puma, instantly snatching it
+forth again, moving back a couple of feet, and holding himself ready
+for any assault from the brute.
+
+No need of any virus on the point of _that_ weapon, for it had cloven
+the heart of the lion in twain, and he went down without a single
+groan, as dead as dead could be.
+
+The native stepped to the river, washed the blood from the weapon and
+then turned about to resume his advance toward the wood.
+
+As he did so, he found himself face to face with a white man, who,
+stepping from the shadow, held his Winchester leveled at him in an
+exceedingly suggestive fashion.
+
+If Fred Ashman had been astonished before, what words shall describe
+his amazement when the dusky Hercules, calmly staring at him for a
+moment, said in unmistakable English, "_I surrender_."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+ZIFFAK.
+
+Fred Ashman was so startled by hearing the giant native utter his
+submission in unmistakable English, that he came near dropping his
+leveled Winchester to the earth in sheer amazement.
+
+He had not dreamed that the savage understood a word of that tongue,
+but judged from his own posture, with his weapon pointed at him, that
+the other knew when an enemy had "the drop" on him. Even if such were
+the fact, he counted upon a desperate resistance, and was prepared to
+give the fellow his quietus by a shot from his rifle.
+
+The savage held his ponderous javelin in his hand, but made no effort
+to use it. His black eyes were fixed on the face of the handsome
+American, and he could not have failed to note the expression of
+bewilderment and wonder caused by the words that had just dropped from
+his dusky lips. Indeed, Ashman fancied he detected something akin to a
+smile lighting up the forbidding countenance.
+
+It may be said that the young explorer for the moment felt himself in
+the position of the man who drew an elephant in a lottery--he didn't
+know what to do with his prize. It had come to him so unexpectedly
+that he was bewildered.
+
+But he was quick to rally from his dazed condition. The fact that the
+giant had shown such a knowledge of the English tongue suggested the
+possibility not only of obtaining important information, but of making
+a friend of this personage, who must possess great influence among his
+people.
+
+True, the events of the afternoon and evening were against anything in
+the nature of comity or good will, but no harm could come from an
+attempt to bring about an understanding between the people and the
+explorers that had become involved in such fierce conflicts with them.
+
+"Drop that spear!" commanded Ashman.
+
+"I have surrendered," said the savage, in a low, coarse voice; "and
+Ziffak does not lie."
+
+Nevertheless, while the words were passing his lips, he unclosed his
+right hand and allowed the implement to fall to the ground.
+
+"Is your weapon poisoned?" asked Ashman, still mystified by the
+extraordinary situation and hardly knowing what to say.
+
+"Your man in the wood was pierced by one of our spears; ask him."
+
+"Such a warrior as Ziffak does not need to tip his weapons with
+poison," said Ashman, glancing significantly at the carcass of the
+puma. "It is cowardly to use such means against your enemies."
+
+The savage shook his head and an ugly flash appeared in his eyes.
+
+"Do not the whites from the Great River use fire to slay the natives
+before they can come nigh enough to use their spears?"
+
+"But they have no wish to use them against your people; we would be
+their friends, and it pains us to do them harm; we would not have done
+so had they not compelled us."
+
+Ziffak stood a moment as motionless as a statue, with his piercing
+black eyes fixed with burning intensity on the white man. The latter
+would have given much could he have read his thoughts, of which an
+intimation came with the first words that followed.
+
+"Waggaman and Burkhardt told our people that if we allowed the white
+folks to come into our country, they would bring others and slay all
+our men, women and children."
+
+"Who are Waggaman and Burkhardt?" asked the explorer, uncertain whether
+he was awake or dreaming.
+
+"They have lived with the Murhapas for years; they are white men, but
+they are our friends."
+
+Ashman recalled the story told by Bippo and his companions earlier in
+the evening. It must be that the names mentioned belonged to those two
+mysterious individuals, who beckoned them across the Xingu. For some
+reason of their own, they wished to keep all others of their race out
+of the country.
+
+It was plain that Ziffak was a remarkable person and the explorer
+determined to use every effort to win his good will.
+
+"Waggaman and Burkhardt have told you lies; we are your friends."
+
+"Why do you not stay at home and leave us alone?"
+
+"We expect to go back, after ascending the river a short distance
+further; nothing would persuade us to live here, and, as I have told
+you, we would not harm any person if they would leave us alone."
+
+Ziffak seemed on the point of saying something, but checked himself and
+held his peace, meanwhile looking steadily at the man who had made him
+a prisoner in such clever style.
+
+Ashman resolved on a rash proceeding.
+
+"Take up your spear again, Ziffak; go back to your people, and, if you
+believe what I say, tell them my words, and ask them to give us a
+chance to prove that we mean all I have uttered."
+
+"My people know nothing about you," was the strange response.
+
+"You heard but a few minutes ago the sounds of guns and the shouts from
+the direction of the rapids, which show they were fighting."
+
+"Those people are not mine," said the native; "but they are my friends,
+and I fight for them."
+
+"From what you said, you are a Murhapa?"
+
+Ziffak nodded his head in the affirmative.
+
+"Where do they live?"
+
+He extended his hand and pointed up the river.
+
+"One day's ride above the rapids and you reach the villages of the
+Murhapas. There live Waggaman and Burkhardt; they came many years ago.
+I am a chieftain, and they rule with me."
+
+"It was from them you learned to speak my tongue?"
+
+Ziffak again nodded his head, adding:
+
+"Many of my people speak it as well as I."
+
+"Tell me, Ziffak, why, if your home is so far above the rapids, you are
+here among these people, whose name I do not know?"
+
+"They are Aryks; they have much less people than the Murhapas, and are
+our slaves. Some days ago word was brought to us that a party of white
+men were making their way up the Xingu. Waggaman and Burkhardt and I
+set out to learn for ourselves and to stop them. They went down the
+other side of the river and I came down to the Aryk village. I roused
+them to kill you before you could pass above the rapids, but we were
+able to slay only one of them."
+
+"And it was a sad mistake that you did that; for he was a good man, who
+wished you no evil. Where are Waggaman and Burkhardt?"
+
+The native shook his head. He had picked up his spear, but made no
+movement toward taking his departure. Ashman hoped he would not, for
+everything said not only convinced him of the first importance of
+gaining the fellow's confidence, but encouraged him in the belief that
+he was fast doing so. He resolved to leave no stone unturned looking
+to that end.
+
+"Why did not your two white friends help you in the fight, to keep us
+from going further up the Xingu?"
+
+"_Maybe they did_," replied Ziffak, with a significant glance up
+stream, which left no doubt that he referred to the conflict that had
+taken place there while the couple were talking on the margin of the
+river.
+
+"I don't believe it," Ashman hastened to say, hopeful that such was the
+case; for, with two white men and their firearms, the peril of his
+friends must have been greatly increased.
+
+"Why do you seek to enter our country?" asked the dusky giant, after a
+brief pause.
+
+"We want to learn about your people; but I pledge you we wish not to
+harm a hair of their heads."
+
+It was not to be expected that a savage who has heard nothing else for
+years except that any penetration of his territory by white men meant
+destruction, could give up that belief simply on the pledge of one of
+the race accused.
+
+But it was equally clear that this particular savage was favorably
+disposed toward Ashman. It may have been that his good will was won by
+the neat manner in which he had got the best of Ziffak, the most
+terrible warrior ever produced by that people. A brave man respects
+another brave man.
+
+"Why did Waggaman and Burkhardt visit your villages and make their home
+with you for so many years?"
+
+"I do not know," replied Ziffak, with another shake of his head; "but
+they have proven they are friends. They do not want to go back to
+their people, who are all bad."
+
+The thought occurred to Ashman, though he did not express it, that the
+strange white men were criminals. They may have escaped from the
+diamond mines, which were at no great distance, and naturally preferred
+the free, wild life of the interior to the labor and tyranny which the
+miserable wretches condemned to service in those regions undergo.
+
+"Ziffak," said the explorer, lowering his weapon, "will you walk back
+to the camp of my people? You have my promise that no harm shall be
+offered you by any one."
+
+The herculean native nodded his head, and the strange couple started up
+the bank in the direction of the camp, which was now as silent as
+though not a hostile shot had been fired, or a savage blow been struck.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+THE LAND OF THE MURHAPAS.
+
+It looked as if Fred Ashman had gained a double victory over the giant
+Ziffak, and his second triumph was infinitely greater than his first.
+
+His heart thrilled at the thought that this formidable antagonist had
+been so suddenly transformed into a friend; and yet he could not
+entirely free himself from a certain misgiving, as the two walked side
+by side along the Xingu. Recalling the dexterity of the native--all
+the more wonderful because of his bulk--he reflected, that it was the
+easiest thing in the world for him to turn like a flash and pierce him
+with his poisoned javelin before the slightest defence could be made.
+
+It was this thought which led him stealthily to place his hand on the
+butt of the revolver at his hip, prepared to whip it out and fire as
+quickly as he knew how. At the same time he edged away from him, so as
+to maintain considerable space between their bodies.
+
+Ziffak suddenly changed his javelin from his right to his left hand,
+the movement sending a shock of fear through the American, who the next
+moment blushed from shame, for it was manifest that the shrewd savage
+suspected the timidity of his new friend, and shifted the frightful
+weapon to the side furthest from him to relieve any misgiving on his
+part.
+
+The conversation continued as they walked, the native showing a
+surprising willingness to answer all questions.
+
+Ashman gathered from what was told him that the Murhapas were a tribe
+numbering fully a thousand men, women and children; that they occupied
+a village or town on the right bank of the Xingu about twenty miles
+above the rapids, where the incidents already recorded occurred, and
+that they were far superior in intelligence, physical development and
+prowess to any other tribes in the Matto Grosso.
+
+It was about five years before that the two white men, Waggaman and
+Burkhardt, suddenly made their appearance at the towns. The fact that
+they did not come up the Xingu, but from the forest to the south,
+strengthened Ashman's suspicion that they were criminals who had
+managed to escape from the Brazilian diamond mines, though it was a
+mystery how they had secured the two rifles which they brought with
+them. They had no revolvers, and their guns were not of the repeating
+pattern. When their ammunition gave out, one of them made a journey of
+several days' duration into the wilderness, invariably bringing back a
+supply which lasted a long time.
+
+Such weapons were entirely unknown to the Murhapas, who had never heard
+of anything of the kind. The exploits of the owners caused the natives
+to look upon them with awe. They were soon established on the best of
+terms with their new associates, who allowed them to do as they chose
+in everything.
+
+It is not to be supposed that Ashman gathered all the information given
+in this chapter, during his brief walk with Ziffak. Indeed, that which
+has already been stated was obtained only in part during the memorable
+interview; but it may be as well to add other facts which afterwards
+came to the knowledge of him and the explorers, since it is necessary
+to know them in order to understand the strange series of incidents and
+adventures in which they became speedily involved.
+
+The Murhapa tribe was ruled by King Haffgo, whose complexion was almost
+as fair as that of a European. He had fifty wives, but only one child,
+whose mother was dead. This child was a daughter, Ariel, of surpassing
+beauty and loveliness, the pride of her grim father and adored by all
+his subjects. From Waggaman and Burkhardt she had acquired a knowledge
+of the English tongue, which Ziffak declared was superior to his own.
+Both of these men had sought in turn to win her as his wife, and the
+king was not unwilling, because of the awe in which he held them; but
+Ariel would not agree to mate herself with either, though she once
+intimated that when she became older she might listen favorably to the
+suit of Waggaman, whose appearance and manner were less repulsive than
+those of his comrade.
+
+The first duty the guests took upon themselves was to impress King
+Haffgo and his subjects that all white men except themselves were their
+deadliest enemies, and, if any of them were allowed to visit the
+village, they would assuredly bring others who would cause the utter
+destruction of the inhabitants.
+
+Three years before, a party of six white explorers ascended the Xingu,
+and suddenly presented themselves to the Murhapas, without previous
+announcement or knowledge. Despite their professions of friendship,
+and a most valiant defence, they were set upon and slain the same hour
+they appeared among the fierce people.
+
+Ariel, the daughter of the king, was but a child, at that time, just
+entering her teens. She did not know of the cruel massacre until it
+was over, when she surprised all by expressing her sorrow and declaring
+that a great wrong had been done the strangers. From that time
+forward, those who studied her closely saw that she had formed a strong
+distrust, if not dislike, of Waggaman and Burkhardt, though, seeing the
+high favor in which they were held in court, she sought to veil her
+true feelings.
+
+Ziffak was a younger brother of the king, and bore the title of
+head-chieftain. He was next in authority and power, and, because of
+his immense size and prowess, led all expeditions against their
+enemies, none of whom was held in fear. Occasionally, he headed a
+hundred warriors, who made excursions through the neighboring
+wilderness and in pure wantoness spread destruction and death on every
+hand.
+
+The Aryks, after receiving several such terrible visits, sued for terms
+and willingly agreed to consider themselves slaves of the Murhapas.
+Their location was favorable to detect the advance of any of the
+dreaded white men up the Xingu, and they agreed in consideration of
+being left alone, to check any such approach, a fact which will explain
+the fierceness and determination with which they contested the ascent
+of the river by our friends.
+
+If they allowed the whites to pass above the rapids, they knew that the
+mighty Ziffak would sweep down upon them and visit frightful punishment
+upon their heads.
+
+Instead of bringing a body of his own warriors, Ziffak, as has been
+intimated in another place, came alone down one side of the Xingu, with
+Waggaman and Burkhardt on the other, the calculation being to rouse
+enough Aryks to destroy the invaders, as they were regarded. Enough
+has been told to show how thoroughly the head-chieftain acquitted
+himself of this duty.
+
+Several of the powerful reasons for the jealousy of Waggaman and
+Burkhardt of their race, was apparent in the fact that there was an
+astonishing abundance of diamonds and gold among the Murhapas.
+Although none was seen on Ziffak, it was only because he was on the
+war-path. He had enough at home to furnish a prince's ransom, while
+the possessions of the beautiful princess Ariel were worth a kingdom.
+
+These were obtained from some place among the mountains to the westward
+of the town. In the same mysterious region was a peak, whose interior
+was a mass of fire that had burned from a date too remote to be known
+even in the legends of the wild people. There was a lake also, whose
+waters were so clear that a boat floating over them seemed suspended in
+mid air.
+
+This wonderful section was claimed by King Haffgo, who would permit
+none but his subjects and the two white men to visit it. A party of
+Aryks; presuming upon the friendly relations just established with
+their masters, ventured to make their way to the enchanted place
+without permission or knowledge of the Murhapas.
+
+Before they could get away, they were discovered by some of the
+lookouts, and every one slain with dreadful torture. The lesson was
+not lost upon their surviving friends, who never again ventured to
+repeat the experiment.
+
+The Murhapas were the first to use the spears with the deadly points.
+They not only taught the Aryks how to prepare the poison from the venom
+of several species of serpents and noxious vegetables, but imparted to
+them the remedy,--a decoction of such marvellous power, that a single
+swallow would instantly neutralize the effect of any wound received
+from the dreaded missiles.
+
+Among the tribes named, there was no knowledge of the use of iron
+though the ore is abundant in that region. The only objects composed
+of the metal were the firearms of the white men, and the natives could
+not comprehend how they were fashioned from the substance which
+underwent such a change from its native state.
+
+Every implement used by this people is made from stone, which however
+seems almost the equal of iron and steel. Spear points, axes and
+cutting tools are shaped with remarkably keen edges, with which trees
+are readily felled, and cut into any form desired.
+
+Shells are used in the formation of knives, while the teeth of certain
+fish, taken from the Xingu, enables them to construct still more
+delicate implements for cutting and carving.
+
+Indian corn, cotton and tobacco are raised from a soil whose fertility
+cannot be surpassed, though strangely enough the tribes have no
+knowledge of the banana, sugar cane and rice, which belong so
+essentially to the torrid zones. Dogs and fowls are entirely unknown,
+and there is no conception of a God, though all have a firm belief that
+they will live again after death. A myth has existed among them from
+time immemorial of the creation of the world, which, according to their
+views, consists of the regions around the headwaters of the Xingu and
+Tapajos.
+
+Ziffak was a favorite of the beauteous Ariel, and it is not improbable
+that, knowing as he did, her lamentation over the cruel death of the
+white men, who appeared at her home three years before, he was more
+willing than would otherwise have been the case to stay his hand, after
+doing such yeoman service against the new-comers.
+
+Where these tribes came from is a question yet unsolved by
+anthropologists, though the theory has many supporters that most of the
+isolated peoples are allied to the original stock of the once mighty
+Caribs, who journeyed from the south to the sea.
+
+Conscious of their own might, and knowing the prodigious mineral wealth
+at their command, the Murhapas are naturally jealous of their
+neighbors, and fight fiercely to resist anything that bears a
+resemblance to an encroachment upon their rights.
+
+It will be understood that Waggaman and Burkhardt met with little
+difficulty in rousing their enmity particularly against the Caucasian
+race, since the members of that, of all others, were the ones most to
+be dreaded.
+
+The foregoing, much of which is in the way of anticipation, we have
+deemed best to incorporate in this place.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+THE NEW ALLY.
+
+The amazement which so nearly overwhelmed Fred Ashman during the few
+minutes succeeding the surrender of Ziffak, was shared in all its
+entirety, when the two presented themselves before the astounded
+explorers in the canoe.
+
+In fact, Jared Long came within a hair of shooting the Hercules, before
+the situation could be explained to him. Even then he refused for
+awhile to believe the astonishing story, but declared that some
+infernal trickery was afoot. Finally, however, he and the Professor
+and Bippo and Pedros realized that the most powerful enemy had become
+their ally.
+
+Ziffak showed a strange talkativeness after joining the company.
+Seating himself on the ground where all were now veiled in shadow, he
+answered the questions that were rained upon him, until most of the
+information given in the preceding chapter was told to the wondering
+listeners.
+
+The account of the dreadful reception that awaited their predecessors
+three years before, would have deterred such brave men as the explorers
+from pushing further, but for the fact that they had secured an
+all-powerful friend at court. Believing that he could pave the way for
+a friendly reception, they were eager to visit what seemed to them an
+enchanted land.
+
+There was some uneasiness over Waggaman and Burkhardt, who, it could be
+easily seen, would at the most do nothing more than disguise their
+enmity under the guise of friendship, holding themselves ready for some
+treachery that would bring about the death of the visitors.
+
+The conversation lasted a long time, and was ended by the natural
+question put to Ziffak as to what should be the next step.
+
+From what he had already stated, it was evident they were not yet
+through with the Aryks. Despite their frightful repulse, they would
+hold the Murhapas in greater dread than the whites; and, well aware of
+the penalty of allowing them to pass above the rapids, would never
+cease their efforts to prevent such a disaster. It followed,
+therefore, that something must be done to spike their guns, and Ziffak
+was the only one who could do it.
+
+The whites were not surprised, when he offered to return to the point
+down the river, where he had left his canoe, recross to the other side,
+and make known to the Aryks that it was his wish that the explorers
+should be molested no further.
+
+The announcement would be a surprise indeed to them, but there was none
+who would dare question the authority of such a source.
+
+During the absorbingly interesting conversation, Ziffak stated that his
+object in coming from the other side was to reach the camp of the
+whites at the same time that an attack was made by the Aryks who so
+cunningly used the floating logs and trees as a screen to hide their
+approach. He preferred his course to that of accompanying them.
+
+It will thus be seen, that, although the act of Fred Ashman in passing
+down the Xingu seemed like a mistake, yet it was the most providential
+thing that could have occurred.
+
+Having made known his plan, the burly chieftain set about carrying it
+out with characteristic promptness. Without saying good-bye, he rose
+to his feet, and walking rapidly off, soon disappeared in the direction
+of the spot where took place his encounter with the puma and his
+meeting with Fred Ashman.
+
+He had not been gone long, when those left in camp caught sight of the
+little boat skimming swiftly across the Xingu below them. The
+preliminaries of the singular movement in their favor was going on
+according to programme.
+
+But, with the departure of Ziffak, something like a distrust of his
+friendship entered the minds of the three whites. Bippo and Pedros
+were so overcome by what they had seen that they were unable to
+comprehend what it all meant. They kept their places in the boat and
+listened and wondered in silence.
+
+The Professor hoped for the best, though he admitted that there was
+something inexplainable in the business. He had spent hours in
+examining the strange fish of the Upper Xingu, in inspecting the
+remarkable plants, which he saw for the first time, and in studying the
+zoology and mineralogy of the region. He had been delighted and
+puzzled, over and over again, but all of these problems combined failed
+to astonish him as did the action of Ziffak and the story he told.
+
+Ashman was the most hopeful of all. He had been with the native more
+than the rest, and was given the opportunity to study him closely. He
+was confident that he read the workings of his mind aright, and that
+the fellow would be their friend to the end.
+
+Jared Long, the New Englander, was equally positive in the other
+direction. He maintained that since the leopard cannot change his
+spots, no savage showing such relentless hatred of the white race as
+did Ziffak, could be transformed into a friend for no other reason than
+that he had been made a prisoner.
+
+He insisted further that, if he succeeded in helping them through to
+the Murhapa village, it would be only with the purpose of securing a
+more complete revenge. Such a powerful tribe as his need feel no
+misgiving in allowing a small party to enter their town; for, after
+that was done, they would be so completely at their mercy that there
+was no possibility of any explorer ever living to tell the tale.
+
+He especially dwelt upon the undoubted influence possessed by Waggaman
+and Burkhardt. They would never consent to yield the influence they
+had held so long, nor could they be induced to share it with any of
+their own countrymen.
+
+Grimcke and Ashman laughed at his fears, but strive as much as they
+chose, they could not help being affected more or less by his
+pessimistic views.
+
+However, the brave fellow declared that he would accompany them on the
+hazardous journey, and stick by them to the end. If they could not
+survive, they would fall together.
+
+By this time the night was far along. A careful scrutiny of the other
+bank failed to reveal anything of their enemies, though all believed
+there were plenty of them along the shore.
+
+Ashman proposed, that now, since they were entirely screened by the
+projecting shadow of the wood, they should cautiously push their way up
+the bank, as near as possible to the rapids, so as to lessen the
+distance that was to be passed on the morrow. There could be no
+objection to this, and adjusting themselves in the usual manner in the
+large canoe, they began the ascent of the river.
+
+Naturally they would have kept close to the shore to escape, so far as
+they could, the force of the current, and the main object now was to
+prevent their movements being seen by the vigilant Aryks across the
+stream, who might resume hostilities before Ziffak could make his
+wishes known to them.
+
+Our friends did not forget that a large body of these warriors had
+passed the Xingu above the rapids to reach the bank along which the
+craft was now stealing its way; but they had received such treatment
+that the survivors hurried from the vicinity.
+
+Still there was a probability that after rallying from their repulse,
+more of them had swam across and were at that moment on the western
+shore, on the watch for just such a movement as was under way.
+
+If this should prove the case, it could not be expected that Ziffak
+could interfere in time to prevent another sanguinary conflict; but
+that might come about, even if the explorers remained where they had
+stopped until daylight. If the Aryks were prepared to attack them
+while on the move, they could do so with equal effect while they were
+not in motion.
+
+The increasing roar of the rapids was a great disadvantage, for it
+drowned all inferior noises and compelled our friends to depend on
+their eyesight alone to discover the approach of danger.
+
+There was an involuntary shudder on the part of all, when they came
+opposite the scene of the desperate fight, and they hastened past
+without exchanging a word.
+
+They had not much further to go when they found themselves, for the
+time, at the end of their voyage. It was impossible to ascend further,
+because of the rapids, which tossed the canoe about as though it were
+an eggshell.
+
+A halt was therefore made, and, at the moment this took place, all
+observed that day was breaking, the light rapidly increasing in the
+direction of the Aryk village.
+
+"_Just what I told you_!" exclaimed Jared Long, as the simultaneous
+discovery was made by all, that the forest around them was swarming
+with the vengeful savages, eager for another and bloodier joust at arms.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+THE NICK OF TIME.
+
+The peril which menaced the explorers was more frightful than any that
+they had been called upon to face since entering that mysterious land
+known by the name of the Matto Grosso.
+
+The Aryks numbered more than half a hundred, all active, vigilant and
+armed with their fearful poisoned javelins. They had taken position
+among the trees on the western bank of the Xingu, at the base of the
+rapids, at the very point where the white men intended to shoulder
+their canoe and make their last portage.
+
+Instead of being in the open, where they were in plain sight of the
+defenders, and fair targets for their unerring Winchesters, they were
+stationed behind the numerous trunks or lying on the ground, where
+little could be seen of them except their bushy heads and gleaming
+black eyes, as they glared with inextinguishable hate at the white men
+who had slain so many of their number.
+
+The suspicious Long was looking in the direction, with the thought that
+if any ambush was attempted, that would be the very spot, when he
+caught sight of a dusky figure, as it whisked from behind a narrow
+trunk to another that afforded better cover.
+
+That hasty glance in the dim morning light revealed an alarming number
+of heads glaring around the trees and from among the undergrowth like
+so many wild beasts, aflame with fury and the exultation of savages who
+knew that their enemies were at last forced inextricably into their
+grasp.
+
+So assured were the Aryks in fact that they showed a disposition to toy
+for a moment with their victims, as a cat does with a mouse before
+craunching it in her jaws. They brandished their weapons, danced
+grotesquely and uttered shrill shrieks audible above the deafening roar
+of the angry Xingu as it foamed through the rapids.
+
+It was a fearful trap in which our friends found themselves, for it was
+impossible to advance or retreat, and it was madness to hope that they
+could again escape the shower of spears that were already poised in the
+air and ready to be launched.
+
+Bippo and Pedros, with wild shrieks of terror bounded into the canoe,
+and wrapping the blankets around them, cowered in abject helpless dread
+of impending death. They were only an incumbrance, as they had proven
+in more than one crisis before.
+
+But not one of the Caucasians showed the white feather. Disdaining to
+seek impossible shelter, they coolly prepared to die fighting, while
+exposed to the hurtling javelins, whose appalling effectiveness they
+knew too well.
+
+But at this appalling juncture, when life hung on the passing moment, a
+piercing shout rang out above the roar of the waters.
+
+It came from a point behind them, and, despite the imminent peril all
+three looked around.
+
+A small canoe was darting across the Xingu toward them, so close to the
+foot of the rapids, that it danced about like a cork and seemed certain
+to be submerged every minute.
+
+In this frail craft sat the giant Ziffak, propelling it across the
+furious swirl with such prodigious power that though the spume dashed
+over it, the boat was driven by the sheer power of his mighty arms
+under, above, and through the waters.
+
+It was he who uttered the resounding cry which caused the wondering
+explorers to turn their heads, and stayed the uplifted arms of the
+venomous Aryks.
+
+All saw the giant head chieftain of the Murhapas who repeated the shout
+and added an exclamation that was a command, forbidding his allies to
+hurl a single weapon.
+
+They must have deemed him mad, but if so he was ten times more to be
+dreaded than if sane. Not a javelin was launched, but all stood
+motionless awaiting his arrival, and doubtless believing he meant them
+to pause only long enough to place himself at their head as the leader.
+
+They must have thought, too, that his appearance so filled the whites
+with fear that their arms were paralyzed, for, though he was in direct
+range, not a hand of the foreigners was raised to do him hurt.
+
+Coming with such tremendous speed, Ziffak occupied but a moment in
+passing the remaining distance. Before the prow of his boat could
+touch land, he flung the paddle aside, spurned the canoe with his foot,
+caught up his huge spear, and with one bound placed himself opposite
+the wondering trio of white men, while two more leaps landed him among
+the Aryks.
+
+Grimcke, Ashman and Long had read aright the meaning of the amazing
+demonstration and calmly awaited the issue.
+
+Pausing in the very middle of the dusky force, he addressed them in
+their native tongue, with savage gestures and a fierceness of tones
+which rendered every word audible amid the roaring tumult.
+
+Only a second or two was required for him to finish his harangue, when
+he made a final command for them to fall back, emphasized by the swing
+of his tremendous arms.
+
+No more striking proof could have been given of the sway of this mighty
+warrior over his vassals, than was shown by their instant obedience to
+the order, which fell upon them like the bursting of a thunderbolt from
+the clear summer sky.
+
+They did not scatter and flee, for they had not been directed to do so,
+but skurried several rods back among the trees, so as to leave the way
+open for the explorers to pass around the rapids to the calmer waters
+above.
+
+Ziffak did not remove his eyes from the natives, until he saw that his
+commands were not only obeyed, but that it was understood by them that
+the white men were not to be molested.
+
+This extraordinary person had hastened to the other shore, in
+accordance with his pledge, only to learn from a couple of Aryks whom
+he met that the main body of warriors had again crossed the Xingu above
+the rapids, and were gathered in the wood waiting for the whites to
+walk into the trap set for them.
+
+Had our friends remained where he left them, no danger would have been
+encountered, but, as we have shown, they moved up stream and came
+within a hair's-breadth of being wiped from the face of the earth
+before their powerful ally could interfere.
+
+The breaking morning gave Ziffak his first knowledge of the mistake
+they had made, and, leaping into his canoe, he drove it across the
+stream with resistless speed, reaching the spot in the nick of time,
+and barely doing that, since he was forced to raise his voice while yet
+on the river, in order to hold the battle in suspense.
+
+Having satisfied himself that everything was adjusted, Ziffak now
+turned around, and, without the least appearance of agitation on his
+swarthy countenance, signified that the path was open for them to
+continue their journey.
+
+Reaching into the canoe, Ashman seized Bippo by the nape of the neck
+and hoisted him out on land. He did the same with Pedros, both of them
+howling in the extremity of mortal terror. Tearing the blankets from
+their bodies, he shouted for them to give their help in carrying the
+canoe and luggage around the rapids.
+
+It was some minutes before they could comprehend in their blind way the
+situation. Finally, when they saw that their deaths were postponed,
+they lent their aid as eagerly as a couple of obedient dogs.
+
+The sturdy whites were equally helpful, and the boat was quickly raised
+aloft and so adjusted that its well apportioned weight bore lightly
+upon the shoulders of all.
+
+The sidelong glances which Bippo and Pedros cast at the Aryks as they
+moved up the bank, brought a smile to the whites who witnessed them.
+The poor fellows were ready to let go and drop down dead the moment
+they felt the puncture of the whizzing javelins.
+
+The Professor was at the head of the strange procession bearing the
+boat on their shoulders. Like his companions, he moved with a springy,
+elastic step, for he had received the most striking proof possible of
+the friendship of Ziffak, and he foresaw the dazzling results that were
+to flow from such an alliance.
+
+Had this remarkable savage been disposed to play them false, no better
+opportunity could have been given than that which occurred a few
+minutes before. All he had to do was to arrive on the spot a minute
+later: the Aryks would have left nothing for him except to view the
+dead bodies of the whites and their servants.
+
+As for Jared Long, the doubter, he was willing to admit that he had
+made a grevious error of judgment. Had he thought that Ziffak
+suspected his misgivings, he would have taken the fellow's hand, and
+humbly begged his pardon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+THE JOURNEY'S END.
+
+The explorers, bearing the canoe with the luggage upon their shoulders,
+ascended at a steady gait the western bank of the Xingu. The cleared
+space which they had noticed on both sides of the river, caused by the
+furious overflow, continued, so that the progress was comparatively
+easy.
+
+The din of the rapids was so loud that they could not have heard each
+other, except by shouting at the top of their voices, for which there
+was no call, since even Bippo and Pedros were now able to read the full
+meaning of the extraordinary incidents of the night.
+
+Ashman looked around and ascertained that Ziffak was not bearing them
+company. None of the savages were in sight, though all would have been
+as eager as tigers to rend the white men to shreds had such permission
+been given.
+
+The absence of the great leader caused no uneasiness on the part of any
+one of our friends. Strange indeed, would it have been had they felt
+any distrust of him after his late interference.
+
+The sun appeared while the party were still pushing forward. The sky
+was as clear as on the preceding day, and, though the temperature was
+quite warm, it was not unpleasantly so. Several causes contributed to
+the delightful coolness which renders the Matto Grosso one of the most
+attractive regions on the globe. The abundance of water, the endless
+stretch of forest, with few llanos of any extent, and, above all, the
+elevation of the plateau produce a moderation of temperature not met
+with in the lowlands, less than twenty degrees further south.
+
+But the explorers were weary and in need of rest. It will be recalled
+that they found precious little opportunity for sleep during the
+preceding night, which marked the close of an unusually hard day's
+labor. They would have rested could they have done so, and now that
+the chance seemed to present itself, they wisely decided to wait a few
+hours before beginning the last stretch of water which lay between them
+and the villages of the Murhapas.
+
+The halt was made at the top of the rapids, where the boat was
+carefully replaced in the river, the fracture made by Ziffak's javelin
+repaired, and everything adjusted for the resumption of their voyage.
+Then, with only the Professor on guard, the others lay down on their
+blankets and almost immediately sank into a deep, refreshing slumber.
+
+Professor Grimcke, finding the care of the camp on his hands, took a
+careful survey of his surroundings, which were quite similar to those
+that had enclosed him many times before.
+
+On both sides, stretched the almost endless Brazilian forest, within
+which a traveller might wander for weeks and months without coming upon
+any openings. In front was the Xingu, smooth, swift, and winding
+through the wilderness in such form that he could see only a short
+distance up stream. Looking in the opposite direction, the agitation
+of the water was noticeable before breaking into rapids, similar,
+though in a less degree, to the rapids above Niagara Falls. The volume
+still preserved its remarkable purity and clearness, which enabled him
+to trace the shelving bottom a long way from where he stood.
+
+Grimcke was somewhat of a philosopher, and always eager to make the
+best use of the time at his command. There was nothing more to be
+feared from the Aryks, and his situation, therefore, of guardian of his
+sleeping friends might be considered a sinecure.
+
+His fishing line was soon arranged, and with some of the dried meat he
+had brought along serving for bait, he began piscatorial operations.
+
+It will strike the reader as incredible, but in Borne portions of the
+Orinoco and other tropical rivers of South America, the fish are so
+abundant that they have been known to impede the progress of large
+vessels moving through the waters. While no such overflowing supply is
+found in the Xingu, yet they were so numerous that it required but a
+few minutes for the Professor to haul in more than enough to furnish
+the entire party with all they could eat at a single meal.
+
+His next step was to start a fire, and prepare the coals for broiling.
+This was a simple task, and was completed before his friends finished
+their naps.
+
+No pleasanter awakening could have come to them than that of opening
+their eyes and finding their breakfast awaiting their keen appetites.
+They fell to with a will, and, though saddened by the loss of two of
+their number, were filled with a strange delight at the prospect of
+their visit to the enchanted land.
+
+The boat was launched, but there was not enough wind to make it worth
+while to spread the sail, which had often proven of such assistance,
+but the four pairs of arms swung the paddles with a vigor that sent the
+craft swiftly against the current. The Professor disposed of himself
+in the boat so that he slept while the others were at work.
+
+Naturally the craft was kept as close to the bank as possible, so as to
+gain the benefit of the sluggish current. The trees having been swept
+from the margin of the Xingu, an open space was before the explorers
+throughout the entire distance.
+
+Despite the glowing expectations of the party, there was enough in the
+prospect before them to cause serious thought. Long and Ashman
+consulted continually and saw that it would not do to felicitate
+themselves with the belief that all danger was at an end.
+
+Two facts must be well weighed. Waggaman and Burkhardt were inimical
+to them. Whether they could be won over even to neutrality could not
+be determined until they were seen. For the present they must be
+classed as dangerous enemies.
+
+Was it unreasonable to suspect that their influence with the terrible
+King Haffgo would prove superior to that of Ziffak? If so, what hope
+was there of the escape of the explorers after once intrusting
+themselves within the power of the tyrant?
+
+But the immediate question which faced our friends was, whether it
+would do for them to reveal themselves to the Murhapas without again
+seeing their native friend. They deemed it probable that he had pushed
+on to the village, with the expectation of reaching it ahead of them
+and thus preparing the way for their reception.
+
+This, however, was but a pretty theory which was as liable to be wrong
+as right. At any rate, Ziffak must reach his home ahead of or
+simultaneously with the whites. The latter continued using their
+paddles with steady vigor, until near noon, when they knew that
+considerably more than half the distance was passed.
+
+They now began swaying their paddles less powerfully, for the feeling
+was strong upon them that they had approached as close as was prudent
+to the Murhapa village.
+
+It was about this time, that they rounded a bend in the Xingu which
+gave them sight of the river for fully half a mile before another
+change in its course shut out all view. Naturally, they scanned the
+stream in quest of enemies, who were now likely to be quite close.
+
+The first survey showed them a canoe coming down stream. It was near
+the middle and was approaching at a rapid rate.
+
+Fred Ashman laid down his paddle and took up his binocular.
+
+"It is Ziffak!" he exclaimed, passing the glass to Long.
+
+"So it is and he is alone," was the reply of the astonished New
+Englander, who added an exclamation of surprise that he should be
+approaching from that direction. The only explanation was, that since
+last seeing him, he had made a journey to his home and was now
+returning to meet and convoy his friends to his own people.
+
+Such proved to be the case, as he explained on joining them.
+
+After the affair at the foot of the rapids, he paused long enough to
+make clear to the Aryks that not one of them was to make another
+offensive movement against the whites under penalty of the most fearful
+punishment. He explained that these particular white men were the
+friends of all natives, and that they never would have harmed an Aryk
+had they not been forced to do so to save their own lives.
+
+The cunning Ziffak dropped a hint that the newcomers were much better
+persons than the couple that had made their homes among the Murhapas
+for so many years. Then, having completed his business in that line,
+he struck through the forest at a high rate of speed and soon reached
+his own people.
+
+He expected to find Waggaman and Burkhardt there, but they had not yet
+arrived. He explained to his brother the king what had taken place at
+the rapids of the Xingu and succeeded in gaining his promise of the
+king that he would allow the white men to enter the village without the
+sacrifice of their lives; but he was not willing that they should
+remain more than a couple of days. Indeed he gave such assent
+grudgingly and probably would have refused it altogether, but for the
+earnest pleading of his beloved Ariel, who insisted that it would be a
+partial recompense of the crime of three years previous.
+
+This was the best that Ziffak, with all his influence at court could
+do, and indeed it was as much as he expected to accomplish. He
+admitted that Waggaman and Burkhardt were likely to interfere, but he
+did not believe they could do so to any serious extent, provided the
+white men themselves were circumspect in their behavior.
+
+While this interesting interchange was going on, the two boats were
+side by side, so gently impelled that their progress was moderate and
+conversation pleasant. Thinking that the Professor had slept long
+enough, and that he ought to know the news, Fred Ashman turned to wake
+him; but to his surprise, the German met his look with a smile and the
+remark that he had heard every word spoken. Then he rose to a sitting
+posture, saluted Ziffak and proceeded to light his pipe.
+
+The latter pleased the whites still further by explaining that he meant
+to keep them company for the rest of the distance. Despite his
+encouraging statements, they felt much easier with him as their escort.
+
+By using their paddles with moderate vigor, they could reach their
+destination by the middle of the afternoon. There was no better hour
+to arrive, for the king was always in his best mood after enjoying his
+siesta, which was always completed by the time the sun was half-way
+down the sky.
+
+It was to be expected also that before that hour, Waggaman and
+Burkhardt would spread the news of the expected coming of the wonderful
+strangers. They would do what they could, to excite distrust and
+enmity, but Ziffak was positive that since his brother had given his
+promise, it would be sacredly kept, and that for two days at least
+their stay at the village would be without peril to any one of the
+little company.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+AT THE MURHAPA VILLAGE.
+
+The sun was half-way down the sky when the canoe containing the
+explorers, and accompanied by the smaller craft impelled by Ziffak,
+rounded a bend of the upper Xingu and came in sight of the village of
+the Murhapas.
+
+The herculean native gave an extra sweep of his paddle which sent his
+boat slightly in advance of the other, and, striking the shore, he
+sprang out and turned about to wait for them to disembark.
+
+The scene was an impressive one, which every member of the company was
+sure to remember the rest of his life.
+
+The huts in which these strange people made their homes were similar in
+structure to those of the Aryks, but instead of being built around the
+three sides of a rectangle, composed one row, numbering more than a
+hundred, and facing the river. They stood a hundred yards from the
+water, and being at the top of the sloping bank were above the reach of
+the most violent freshet that ever came down from the mountain-fed
+sources of the mighty Xingu.
+
+The ground in front of this novel town was cleared of all trees and
+undergrowth, but for most of the space was covered with bright green
+grass; the whole having the appearance of a well-kept lawn that had
+been artificially sodded or strewn with seed, which flourished with the
+luxuriance of every species of vegetation in that tropic country.
+
+Not only in front, but on the sides and to the rear, for an extent of
+more than a hundred acres, the earth had been cleared with equal
+thoroughness and was growing abundant crops of cotton, tobacco, and
+edibles peculiar to the region.
+
+The houses were separated by a space of several rods, so that the town
+itself extended a long way along the water. The dwellings, like those
+of the Aryks, consisted of a single story, with the door in the middle
+of the front, a window-like opening on each side of the same, roofed
+over with poles, covered with earth, leaves and grass, that were
+impervious to wind and storm.
+
+It seemed to the astonished whites that the entire population had
+gathered along the shore to receive them. Several strange sights
+impressed them. The men were large, sinewy, bushy-haired and athletic.
+Some sported bows and arrows, but the majority by far carried the
+spears which the explorers held in such dread. There was no native, so
+far as they could see, who was the equal in size and strength of
+Ziffak, but they were so much the superiors of any natives encountered
+since leaving the Amazon, that it was easy to understand how they were
+the lords and masters of all the tribes with which they came in
+conflict.
+
+We have spoken of the Murhapa houses as being but a single story in
+height. There was a single exception. In the middle of the town was a
+broader and larger structure than the others. It was two stories high
+and so much more marked in every respect that it was easy to decide
+that it was the residence or palace of Haffgo, the king of these people.
+
+Another singular feature was noticed by our friends as they stepped
+from their canoe. Among the natives, who were mostly as dark of skin
+as Africans, was a sprinkling so different that the inference was that
+they belonged to some other race, or that nature was accustomed to play
+some strange freak in this almost unknown part of the world.
+
+The king and his daughter Ariel had complexions as fair as the natives
+of Georgia and Persia, and yet Ziffak, a full brother of Haffgo, was as
+ebon-tinted as the darkest warrior of the tribe. Since the features of
+all were similar in a general way the cause was one that could not be
+explained.
+
+It was a moment when the new-comers fully appreciated the value of a
+friend at court. They felt that had each possessed a dozen repeating
+Winchesters they would have been of no avail after leaving their canoe
+and entering the village. They had now placed their lives in the hands
+of Ziffak, and, should he choose to desert them, they were doomed; it
+was too late to retreat.
+
+Many of the warriors scowled at the white men and their two helpers as
+though they would have been glad to impale them with their spears, but
+no demonstration was made. Evidently Ziffak possessed unlimited power
+and was backed by the pledge of the king.
+
+Professor Grimcke was the first to step ashore, Ashman and Long
+following immediately. The three whites formed abreast, while Bippo
+and Pedros covered [Transcriber's note: cowered?] so close that it was
+hard for them to keep from stepping on their heels. Ziffak placed
+himself at the head, as the escort, and moved up the sloping bank with
+the dignity of a conqueror.
+
+The women, showed more taste in their dress, for all wore loose-fitting
+gowns of native cloth, gaudily colored, though the children were
+attired similarly to the men, with little more than a breech cloth
+about the loins. Even the boys of a most tender age were each armed
+with a javelin, none of them, however, having the points of the weapons
+poisoned as did their fathers and elders when on the war-path.
+
+Another striking characteristic of these people was the abundance of
+gold and diamond ornaments. Not a woman was visible from whose ears
+were not suspended heavy rings of the precious metal, while the
+majority had diamonds fastened in the gold, all of several carats'
+weight, and some so large and brilliant that they would have sold for
+immense sums in a civilized country.
+
+The older females had not only rings hanging from their ears, but still
+more valuable ornaments depended from their noses. It would have
+enriched an army to loot the Murhapa village.
+
+Each of the whites carried his Winchester, and Bippo and Pedros did not
+forget their almost harmless spears; but the rifle of Johnston was left
+behind with the valuable property.
+
+At the moment of starting, Ziffak called to two warriors and said
+something in a commanding voice. They instantly hastened to the edge
+of the water and placed themselves in front of the large canoe. Their
+action left no doubt they were obeying an order to guard the treasures
+during the absence of the owners.
+
+Reaching the top of the bank, the party were in what might be called
+the main or only street of the town. The grass had been worn smooth by
+the feet of the villagers, among whom was not a dog, cat, horse, and,
+indeed, any four-footed animal.
+
+The visitors had landed near the lower end of the village, so that it
+was necessary to walk some way before reaching the house of the king,
+which was their destination.
+
+As they started, the whole population began falling in behind them.
+The terrified Bippo and Pedros shrank still closer to those in front,
+trembling and affrighted, for the experience to which they were
+subjected was enough to upset them morally, mentally and physically.
+
+Ziffak turned his head with such a threatening scowl that the foremost
+instantly fell back, dreading his vengeance, but when he faced the
+other way, they began crowding forward again.
+
+There must have been that in the appearance and action of Bippo and
+Pedros which excited the latent mirth of the Murhapas, for say what we
+may, the trait exists in a greater or less degree in all human beings.
+One of them reached forward with his javelin and gave Bippo a sharp
+prick. With a howl, he leaped several feet in air and yelled that he
+was killed.
+
+There was an instant expansion of dark faces into grins, showing an
+endless array of black stained, teeth, for the spear point was not
+poisoned, and the incident caused a laugh on the part of his white
+friends when they came to know the whole truth.
+
+But the author of the practical joke had reckoned without his host.
+The cry had hardly escaped the victim, when Ziffak bounded to the rear
+like a cyclone. The fellow who was a full grown warrior was still
+grinning with delight, when he found himself in the terrific grasp of
+the head chieftain. It was then his turn to utter a shriek of
+affright, which availed him nothing.
+
+Ziffak first smote him to the earth by a single tremendous blow. Then,
+before he could rise to his feet, he grasped his ankles, one with
+either hand, and swung him round his head, as a child whirls a sling,
+before throwing the stone.
+
+To the awed spectators he seemed a black ring of fire, so dizzyingly
+swift were the gyrations, from the midst of which came a buzzing moan
+of terror.
+
+Only for a second or two was he subjected to this torture. Suddenly
+Ziffak ran toward the Xingu and then let go of the ankles. The black,
+limp object went spinning far out in the air, as if driven from some
+enormous catapult.
+
+Across the remaining space he went, falling several feet from shore and
+disappearing beneath the surface. But such fellows are extinguished
+with difficulty, and the cold water quickly revived him.
+
+By and by he came up, blew the moisture from his mouth, swam to shore,
+climbed timidly out, and, sneaking up the bank again, humbly took his
+place at the rear of the procession.
+
+But Ziffak, having disposed of the joker, paid no further attention to
+him, caring naught whether he swam or was drowned. The lesson was one
+that he would not forget, and produced a salutary effect upon the rest
+of the multitude. They instantly fell back so far that Bippo, finding
+he had not been seriously hurt, saw that he was safe from further
+disturbance.
+
+It was only a few minutes later that Ziffak halted, his friends
+immediately doing the same.
+
+The cause was apparent: they had reached the dwelling place of Haffgo
+king of the Murhapas.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+HAFFGO, KING OF THE MURHAPAS.
+
+It was a memorable interview which the explorers held with Haffgo, king
+of the mighty Murhapas.
+
+Since Bippo and Pedros were servants, they were not admitted to an
+audience with the potentate. Ziffak conducted the others into the hut
+adjoining the palace. This was his own building, where his aged mother
+had charge. She understood matters from her son, and the frightened
+fellows were made to feel that they were safe for a time from the
+annoyances and persecutions of the multitude.
+
+The apartment was an oblong one, being at the front, and was
+characteristically furnished. Instead of the smooth bare ground which
+formed the floors of the other buildings, the palace was entirely
+covered with the skins of wild animals, gaudily stained. The whole
+looked like a gorgeous, oriental carpet, which was as soft as down to
+the tread.
+
+There were no chairs or benches for auditors, for no one presumed to
+sit in the presence of majesty. The walls were hung with the same
+species of ornamented furs, set off here and there by spears, bows and
+arrows, arranged in fantastic fashion.
+
+At the further end of the apartment, was a platform several feet high,
+with a broad seat, covered with still more brilliant peltries, a
+footstool, and on each side a vase of magnificent flowers. These vases
+were of native manufacture, beautifully ornamented, while the flowers
+were of a radiant loveliness, such as are seen nowhere outside of
+tropical countries. Their delicious fragrance filled the apartment and
+affected the strangers the moment the blanket was pulled aside by
+Ziffak and they stepped within the royal reception room.
+
+On each side was a broad open window, without glass, which admitted
+enough sunlight to flood the place with illumination.
+
+At the right of the dais or throne, the curtains were draped so as to
+serve as a door for the king or any member of the royal household to
+enter or withdraw.
+
+On this barbaric throne sat the extraordinary personage known as King
+Haffgo, ruler of the warlike Murhapas.
+
+To say the least, his appearance was stunning, if not bewildering.
+
+In the first place, it maybe doubted whether the intrinsic value of his
+crown was not the equal of any that can be found to-day in the
+monarchical countries of Europe, Asia or Africa. Its foundation seemed
+to be a network of golden wire, in which were set scores upon scores of
+diamonds, weighing from five to ten carats apiece, with a central sun
+the equal of the great Pitt diamond. The coruscations from these
+brilliants were overwhelming. As the king moved his head while
+speaking, every hue of the rainbow flashed and scintillated, the rays
+at times seeming to dart entirely across the room.
+
+In addition, the neck of Haffgo was encircled by a double string of the
+same dazzling jewels, of hardly less magnitude; while the wrist of the
+right hand, which rested on a large javelin, was clasped by a golden
+bracelet of what appeared to be living fire.
+
+The king was dressed in a species of thin cloth, gathered by a girdle
+at the waist. The crimson tint of this garment was relieved by figures
+of the sun, moon and stars, of dragons, birds, beasts and reptiles in
+gold. One of his feet was visible, disclosing a species of sandal such
+as is seen among the natives of the East Indies.
+
+Had King Haffgo been encountered anywhere else, he would have been set
+down as a European with an unusually fair complexion. It bore no
+liking to that of the African or native Murhapa. His skin had none of
+that chalky, transparent appearance shown by the Albinos, but was
+almost pinkish and ruddy.
+
+His bushy hair was not white, but of a decided brown, his eyes hazel,
+his nose Roman, with a strong chin and a keen expression, such as was
+natural to a man who had reigned an absolute autocrat all his life.
+
+He was about fifty years of age, but his face was wrinkled like a man
+of threescore and more.
+
+King Haffgo was seated on his throne when his visitors were ushered
+into his presence, as though he expected and was waiting for them.
+
+The white men were unacquainted with the etiquette prevailing in this
+barbaric court, but there are certain ceremonies which are received as
+expressive of courtesy and obeisance the world over.
+
+Ziffak gave no instructions; but, placing himself at the side of
+Professor Grimcke on the left, he surveyed his friends with much
+curiosity, as if waiting to see how they would conduct themselves.
+
+Grimcke, Long and Ashman removed their hats and bowed slowly, bending
+their heads almost to their knees. Then, as they straightened up
+again, the Professor, who took upon himself the duty of spokesman, said:
+
+"We greet the great King Haffgo, and beg that he will accept the homage
+of his brothers from their homes near the great water."
+
+"Why do my brothers come from their homes to hunt out the king of the
+Murhapas, when he has not asked them to come?"
+
+These words were uttered almost exactly as given. The accent was thick
+and somewhat broken, but they showed an astonishing command of the
+English tongue, and proved that Waggaman and Burkhardt had found some
+exceedingly apt pupils among this people.
+
+It is not necessary to give the interview in detail. There was a
+certain stateliness about the manner of the king which was remarkably
+becoming. His guests had prepared themselves, when starting out on
+their exploring enterprise, to make friends, by providing a large
+supply of gaudy trinkets, such as is always pleasing to the average
+savage; but, when they saw the wonderful crown and diamond ornaments of
+this autocrat, they were ashamed to let the baubles in their possession
+be seen.
+
+They consisted mainly of children's toys; and, since they were entirely
+different from anything in the country, Professor Grimcke finally made
+bold to offer them, with another low obeisance, to his majesty. The
+latter may have been delighted, but, if so, he did not allow it to
+appear in his face or manner.
+
+Fred Ashman handed him two brightly-polished knives, fashioned somewhat
+after the familiar Bowie pattern, and, despite his reserve, it was easy
+to see that they pleased him more than anything else.
+
+Jared Long's present was a handsomely-carved meerschaum pipe. The king
+was an inveterate smoker, and, even if he didn't do anything more than
+nod his head when it was placed in his hand, he ought to have been very
+grateful.
+
+Despite the pains which our friends took to win the good will of King
+Haffgo, it was apparent to all three that their visit was not welcome.
+Waggaman and Burkhardt may not have whispered anything in his ear about
+them, but the ruler was thoroughly filled with a distrust of all white
+men, the only exceptions being the ones that were the cause of this
+distrust.
+
+Being a man of unquestioned native sagacity, it needed nothing more
+from his first guests than their accounts of what the other race was
+doing in the cities and towns along the sea coasts. Any people who
+builded canoes large enough to cross the awful waste of waters in quest
+of diamonds and gold, were sure to seize the chance to force their way
+up the Xingu where much more boundless wealth awaited them.
+
+The famous diamond mines of Brazil were not very far from this portion
+of the Matto Grosso, and the pains which the emperors of Brazil had
+taken to draw a part of their riches from the earth was all the proof
+Haffgo could ask of the rapacity of the nations which called themselves
+civilized.
+
+Now, while this remarkable ruler could not always make certain that no
+white men should enter his dominions, there remained a very good chance
+of preventing such intruders from getting away again, carrying the
+glowing accounts of what they had discovered. So long as he could
+maintain this condition of affairs, so long was he safe; for if he
+"absorbed" every foreigner ascending the Xingu, the supply could never
+exceed the demand.
+
+The King conversed with not only the Professor, but with Long and
+Ashman in turn. They were as deferential as they knew how to be, but
+all the same, their sagacity told them he bore them no good will, and
+would have been much better pleased had the Aryks wiped them out before
+they ascended the rapids.
+
+At the conclusion of the interview, which lasted about half an hour,
+the King Haffgo informed them they were at liberty to remain two days
+in the village, during which they were not to pass outside its
+boundaries. At the expiration of the period named, they would be
+allowed to descend the Xingu to their homes, under their pledge to tell
+no person what they had seen and learned about the Murhapas.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+ARIEL THE BEAUTIFUL.
+
+It will be understood that during the interview described, the three
+white men stood near the front entrance to the royal apartment with
+their faces turned toward King Haffgo.
+
+In this position each made good use of his eyes and Fred Ashman's, from
+some cause or other, continually wandered to the draped curtains at the
+right of the ruler, between which he must pass when entering or leaving
+that part of his residence.
+
+It was while his gaze was used on these curtains that he saw them
+gently agitated in a way which left no doubt that some person on the
+other side was the cause.
+
+By and by he discerned part of a dainty hand, and the next minute
+became aware that a pair of the most beautifully lustrous eyes on which
+he had ever gazed was peering into the apartment.
+
+"_It is Ariel_," was his instant thought, "and she as listening to the
+words that we are speaking."
+
+The thought had hardly found shape, when one eye, a part of a lovely
+face and the top of the head were discerned, as the owner, giving rein
+to her curiosity, ventured upon a little further view of the visitors.
+
+Then, as if conscious of her breach of etiquette, she withdrew, like a
+flash, from view altogether.
+
+But he knew it was only for a brief interval, and sure enough, the eyes
+speedily appeared at another portion of the curtains, where the
+beauteous princess must have believed she was not observed, for she
+looked steadily at the faces of the visitors, with a depth of interest
+that it was vain for her to attempt to conceal.
+
+The heart of Fred Ashman gave a flutter, when he realized that the
+midnight orbs were fastened upon _him_, and, evidently studying his
+countenance with more interest than those of his companions.
+
+Feeling a peculiar boldness, because of the strange situation in which
+he was placed, he deliberately smiled at the unknown one.
+
+She could not have vanished more suddenly had she been snatched away by
+the hand of some ogre.
+
+A pang shot through Fred's heart, as he felt that he had driven away
+the enchantress by his own forwardness. He reproached himself bitterly
+for having overreached himself.
+
+But while he was lamenting, he once more discovered the eyes, rivalling
+the diamonds in the crown of her royal father, slyly viewing him from
+the other side of the curtain. This time the fair one took care that
+no part of her countenance was visible, and the young man was equally
+guarded for the time, not to betray his sweet knowledge of the other's
+scrutiny.
+
+It was at this juncture, that King Haffgo addressed some pointed
+questions to Ashman who was forced to withdraw his gaze from the
+marvellously attractive sight, and fasten it upon the rugged and
+wrinkled countenance of the king of the Murhapas.
+
+But those eyes were in his field of vision, and, even while speaking to
+the potentate, his glance continually wandered to the orbs which
+attracted him as the lodestone draws the magnet.
+
+But alas! the American forgot a fact of the first importance: the eyes
+of the father were as observant as those of his only child. He saw the
+furtive glances at the curtains, and a slight rustling at his right
+hand told him that his beloved Ariel, with the curiosity of her sex,
+was playing the eavesdropper.
+
+The indulgent father would have cared nothing for this, had he not
+discovered the extraordinary interest which one of his three callers
+manifested in his child. In that moment, the distrust which he felt of
+the strange race was turned to violent hatred toward one of its
+members, because of his unpardonable insolence in daring to return the
+gaze with a smile.
+
+The king suddenly leaned the javelin in his hand against the chair in
+which he was sitting, and partly rose from his seat as if about to
+descend from the throne. Instead of doing so, he leaned slightly to
+one side, and, with a quick movement, seized one of the curtains and
+snatched it aside.
+
+The act, which was like the flitting of a bird's wing, caused Ariel,
+his daughter, to stand forth fully revealed!
+
+If the white men had been dazzled by the amazing collection of diamonds
+on the brow of the king, it may be said that they were now blinded for
+the moment by the vision of loveliness which burst upon them, like the
+unexpected emergence of the sun from behind a dark cloud.
+
+Before the princess could rally from her bewilderment, her father
+sharply commanded her to advance. She knew that that affectionate
+parent could be stern and cruel as well as loving and affectionate, and
+with her eyes bent modestly on the floor she stepped forward and stood
+beside him.
+
+Her hair, instead of being auburn like her parent's, was as black as
+the raven's wing. It hung in luxuriant wavy masses below her waist,
+being gathered by a white clasp of burnished silver at the back of the
+neck, without which it would have enveloped all the upper part of her
+body in its fleecy veil.
+
+Her gown of spotless white, composed of native cloth, as fine as satin,
+was without any ornament. It was encircled at the waist by a golden
+girdle, falling in folds which concealed the rest of the figure,
+leaving only one Cinderella-like foot to twinkle from the front, like a
+jewel of rare beauty.
+
+But no eye could fail to see that the slight girlish figure was of
+ravishing perfection. The waist was slender, the partly revealed arms
+were as delicate as lilies, the tiny hands with their tapering fingers
+were like those of a fairy, while the countenance was one of the
+fairest that ever sun shone on.
+
+The contour was such as Rubens delighted to place on canvas, and that
+Michael Angelo loved to carve from the snowy marble. The Grecian nose,
+the small mouth, the white teeth, unstained like those of her
+countrymen and countrywomen, the wealth of hair, the lustrous, soulful
+eyes, the sea-shell-like tint of the cheeks, all these fell upon the
+startled vision of the explorers with such overpowering suddenness that
+for the moment they believed they were dreaming, or that some trick of
+magic revealed to them a picture which had no reality.
+
+"Look upon the white men!" commanded the king speaking in English, and
+with a sternness which left disobedience out of the question; "look, I
+say, for never will come the opportunity to see them again."
+
+It was then that Ariel raised her eyes, and turned them toward the
+trio, gazing at no one in particular--for she knew her parent was
+closely studying her--but seeming to fix them upon some one miles
+behind them.
+
+Grimcke, Long and Ashman again bowed their heads almost to the ground,
+and, feeling that the interview was over, began withdrawing.
+
+Like the vassals leaving the presence of their sovereign, they did so
+walking backward, with their faces toward the throne, and making a low
+obeisance with each step.
+
+The king looked steadily at them, without inclining his head or making
+the slightest acknowledgment of the salutation. Had not Fred Ashman
+been mad with the intoxication of his new, overwhelming passion, he
+would have observed that which was noticed by Grimcke and Long: the
+King was watching him.
+
+The young American hardly raised his gaze from the floor, until in his
+retreat, he found himself at the entrance, by which all three had come
+in to the apartment. His companions had made their final obeisance and
+disappeared, while he was left with Ziffak standing near the middle of
+the apartment, his pose such that he could glance at his royal relative
+or at him without shifting his body.
+
+It now became Fred's duty to assume the perpendicular, in order to
+effect a graceful withdrawal.
+
+As he came upright once more, he looked straight into the countenance
+of the scowling king. Then--he could not help it---his eyes flashed in
+the face of the blushing Ariel, who was gazing fixedly at him, and he
+smiled and saluted her.
+
+It was a daring thing to do, with the eyes of the king and the head
+chieftain upon him. He never understood how it was that it was done.
+The salutation might have been forgiven, but that smile was an offense
+like smiting King Haffgo's countenance with the back of the open hand.
+
+But wonder of wonders! the ruby lips of the radiant beauty parted for
+an instant in the faintest possible smile which lit up her countenance
+like a burst of sunshine. Ashman noticed not the diamond bracelet and
+necklace, which flashed in all their prismatic beauty, but knew only
+that she had returned the smile of recognition. For that boon he would
+have risked life a thousand times over.
+
+Both Ziffak and the king were looking at the white man at the moment;
+but, as if suspicion had entered the brain of the infuriated monarch,
+he quickly shifted his head and glared at his daughter.
+
+The movement was like the dart of a serpent, but that shadowy smile on
+the face of Ariel had passed, as the lightning flash cleaves the
+midnight, leaving the darkness deeper than before.
+
+The king saw it not, and well for his child that so it was; for, much
+as he cherished her, he would have smitten her to the earth had he
+dreamed that she ventured on such a response to the impudence of the
+white man, whose very life was his own only through the sufferance of
+King Haffgo.
+
+Not until Fred Ashman found himself in the air on the outside of the
+place did he realize what he had done. He feared that he had committed
+a fatal indiscretion, but when he asked, himself whether he would
+recall it if he could, his heart said "No."
+
+The afternoon was drawing to a close, and there was a sensible coolness
+in the air. The natives who had remained standing round the front of
+the palace, when the explorers first went inside, had grown tired of
+waiting and, scattered in different directions. The Murhapa village
+wore its usual appearance, so in contrast with what met the eyes of our
+friends when they first saw it.
+
+The Professor and the New Englander were waiting near the door for
+Ashman to join them. As he came out, the former shook his head, with a
+laugh, as an intimation that the young man in the ardor of his interest
+had made a mistake.
+
+Fred admitted that possibly he had forgotten himself, but added that it
+was now too late to recall what had been done, and he was not sure that
+he would do so, if the opportunity were given.
+
+"At any rate," said he, "we are promised safe treatment for a couple of
+days, provided we don't stray off or misbehave ourselves. Our visit
+can't amount to anything after all, since we must start for home
+whenever King Haffgo gives his command."
+
+"A good deal may take place in two days," said the Professor
+significantly.
+
+"And a good deal _after_ five days," was the more significant remark of
+Jared Long.
+
+It was evident from these declarations that Grimcke and Long had in
+mind the same thought; which came to Ashman himself, when the ruler of
+the Murhapas made known to his guests that they must take their
+departure within such a brief period.
+
+While no one of the three would have dared to signify dissent, yet they
+were not the men to come so many hundred miles, forcing their way
+through endless dangers to turn about and retrace their steps at the
+command of a savage who looked upon himself as king, simply because he
+was able to lord it over a horde of barbarians.
+
+It was no place to discuss their plans, in front of the "palace,"
+especially as the natives were beginning to gather around them again,
+and among them it was certain was more than one who understood the
+English tongue "as she is spoke."
+
+They were waiting for the coming of Ziffak, who was still within. He
+was their chaperon, and without his guidance, they did not dare to move
+from the spot.
+
+"Hark!" suddenly exclaimed the Professor, raising his hand as a signal
+for the whispering to cease.
+
+The sound of voices was heard inside. They recognized the tones of
+Ziffak, to which they had become accustomed since the previous night.
+Those of King Haffgo were also distinguishable, and there could be no
+doubt to whom the low silvery accents heard only occasionally belonged.
+
+The alarming feature of it all was, that the king was in an
+unmistakably angry mood. He not only talked fast but he talked loud,
+sure evidence of his excited feelings. It sounded as if Ziffak was
+striving to placate him, but his royal brother grew more savage each
+moment.
+
+The words of all were uttered in the Murhapa tongue, so that the
+listeners could form no idea of their meaning. Had they been able to
+do so, it is safe to say that they would have been in anything but a
+comfortable frame of mind.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+THE SHADOW OF DANGER.
+
+A few minutes later, Ziffak came through the door of the king's
+residence and greeted the explorers.
+
+His dusky countenance showed unmistakable traces of emotion, but like a
+true warrior, he knew how to govern his feelings. When he spoke, there
+was no agitation perceptible in his voice.
+
+He motioned to his friends to enter the adjoining hut, where Bippo and
+Pedros had been left. The Professor showing a natural timidity, he
+stepped forward and led the way.
+
+Immediately, the party found themselves within a structure, which while
+no larger than the others, still, in view of the royal prerogatives of
+the occupant perhaps, possessed more conveniences. The lower
+apartment, or rather floor, was separated into three divisions, the
+front being that in which the cooking was done, while serving also for
+a sitting and general reception room.
+
+The mother of Ziffak and King Haffgo was a tall, muscular widow of
+threescore and ten, much wrinkled, but strong and active on her feet.
+Her countenance was darker if possible than that of the head chieftain,
+making it the more wonderful that Haffgo should be the reverse in that
+respect of both.
+
+The royal mother paid little heed to her visitors, probably believing
+they were able to take care of themselves without help from her.
+Indeed, shortly after the white men entered, she took her departure,
+and was not seen again until dark, when she came in to help provide
+them with their evening meal.
+
+Bippo and Pedros finding themselves safe at last were doing what they
+could to make up for the sleepless nights and hard labor they had
+undergone on their way thither. They were stretched upon some skins in
+one corner, sleeping heavily and refreshingly.
+
+Ziffak sat on the floor with the whites. It was apparent from his
+manner that he was on the point of making a communication of
+importance, but he seemed to change his mind suddenly, and, for a time,
+spoke upon matters of such trivial account that his listeners were
+surprised.
+
+The next astonishing thing which he did was to declare that the stories
+he gave to Ashman the night before, when made a prisoner by him were
+fables. There was no enchanted lake in the neighborhood, and his
+account of the burning mountain was a myth, as were his yarns about the
+diamonds obtained from the same mountain.
+
+The Professor nodded his head, laughed and said he was glad to be told
+that; for, while he wished to believe their good friend, when he was in
+earnest, he found it hard to swallow those marvellous narratives which
+exceeded anything that had ever come to their ears.
+
+Long and Ashman also expressed great relief at the naïve confession of
+the head chieftain. All the same, however, not one of them was
+deceived by the fellow's subterfuge.
+
+They knew that the stories which Ziffak related on the shore of the
+Xingu were true. Seized at that time by a burst of confidence, he had
+unburdened himself to the young man for whom he formed such deep
+admiration.
+
+Since that time, and especially since his angry interview with his
+royal brother, he appreciated the grievous mistake he made and was now
+anxious to recall it. He, therefore, declared the accounts to be of
+the Munchausen order. His listeners read his purpose and it suited
+them to let him think they accepted every word of his remarkable
+recantation.
+
+He impressed upon them that the king was angry because of their coming
+to his village. Indeed Ziffak was afraid that he would recall his
+permission to allow them to stay the two days, and might compel them to
+leave that night.
+
+This was startling news, and, when Ziffak was pressed, he admitted that
+during his absence on the Xingu to meet them, Waggaman and Burkhardt
+had returned and secured an audience with His Majesty. This explained
+the new phase of matters and was anything but welcome information, but
+there was no help for it.
+
+The Professor asked Ziffak whether he could not bring the two white men
+to his home, in order that an interview might be had. If that could be
+done, Grimcke was hopeful that a better understanding could be
+established, but the head chieftain replied that he had not seen either
+of the white men since he returned, nor did he know where to find them.
+They occupied a building on the opposite side of the king's home, but
+he was told they were not there. No doubt they were purposely keeping
+out of the way of the new-comers.
+
+Suddenly Ashman asked their friend whether there was any objection to
+his taking a stroll around the village and whether he was likely to be
+molested. Ziffak promptly replied that there could be no earthly
+objection to anything of that nature, and springing to his feet, gun in
+hand, he bade his friends good-bye, saying he expected to be back with
+them at the end of an hour or so.
+
+It cannot be said that Ashman had any special errand in view, when he
+formed this resolution, which was explainable upon the well known laws
+governing the human mind.
+
+He was tired of idleness. The prospect of sitting for hours in the
+darkening apartment, talking with Ziffak, who, instead of being willing
+to give information, was doing his most to withhold it, was not
+inviting, but beyond this, he was restless because he was haunted by
+those marvellous eyes, peeping from behind the curtain in the king's
+room, and that smile of recognition when the gaze of the two met,
+thrilled him with a new and strange emotion.
+
+It was this feeling which drove him forth. He wanted to escape the
+prying scrutiny of his friends, who, he fancied, suspected his secret.
+He wanted to walk in the open air and think and revel in the bliss of
+his new delight.
+
+It was growing dark, when he stepped outside of the building. There
+was no light visible in any direction, though there would be plenty of
+it later on. The natives appeared to be moving aimlessly about, and
+one or two near at hand scrutinized him curiously, but they neither
+spoke nor made any movement to annoy him. They had not yet forgotten
+the lesson given by Ziffak some hours before.
+
+To escape attention, he walked toward the river, passing down the long
+sloping bank, until he reached the open, cleared space which has been
+referred to as caused by the overflow of the water. Here the walking
+was easy, and, turning his face up stream, he walked slowly as a man
+does who is in deep thought.
+
+A man who is revelling in the first dream of love is not the one to pay
+close attention to his surroundings. He is so apt to be rapt in his
+own sweet meditations, that he fails in the most ordinary observation.
+
+Reaching the bottom of the slope, Ashman glanced behind and on his
+right. He caught glimpses of several figures moving about like
+shadows, but so far as he could judge, none of them was interested in
+him. Dismissing them from his mind, he moved on.
+
+He had walked less than one-third of the length of the village front,
+when the form of a man slipped softly down the incline, following in
+his footsteps and moving as silently as a Murhapa warrior tracking his
+foe through the forest.
+
+He was dressed similarly to the American, having the same style of
+Panama hat, shirt and boots, and he carried a rifle in his hand. Being
+of the same race, he ought to have been a friend, but when the bright
+moonlight fell upon his face, it showed the countenance of a demon.
+
+He was Burkhardt, an escaped convict, who had lived for five years
+among the Murhapas, and he was seeking the life of Fred Ashman, who, in
+his enchanting visions of love, never dreamed of the awful shadow
+stealing upon him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+YOUNG LOVE'S DREAM.
+
+What in all the world so sweet as young love's dream? It is the old,
+old story, and yet it is as new and fresh and blissful to the soul as
+it will be to the end of time, or until these natures of ours are
+changed by the same Hand that framed them.
+
+What more bewitching romance could cast its halo about the divine
+passion than that which enshrined the affection of Fred Ashman for the
+wonderful Ariel, the only child of the grim Haffgo, king of the
+Murhapas?
+
+He had met and chatted and exchanged glances with the beauties of his
+own clime, and yet his heart remained unscathed. He reverenced the sex
+to which his adored mother and sister belonged, and yet never had he
+felt the thrill that stirred his nature to the profoundest depths, when
+his eyes met those of the barbarian princess and the two smiled without
+either uttering a word.
+
+"What care I for the gold and the diamonds and the precious stones of
+the Matto Grosso?" the ardent lover asked himself; "is not she the
+Koh-i-noor of them all?--the one gem whose preciousness is worth more
+than all the world?"
+
+He was willing that the Professor and Jared Long should risk their
+lives in searching for the enchanted lake, and the burning mountain
+where such priceless wealth existed. Thousands of their kind had done
+it before, and countless thousands would follow in their footsteps
+through the generations to come.
+
+But as for _him_, a new mission had broken upon his consciousness; he
+had a sacred duty to perform. Somewhere, in this broad world, a human
+soul is always waiting for its mate. Perchance it never comes, and the
+weary one may be joined to that which heaven never intended it to be
+joined, or it repines and goes to the grave unloved.
+
+Fred Ashman was as sure as if he heard a voice from the stars, telling
+him that Ariel, the daughter of Haffgo, was his other self. He could
+never rest, he could not really live until it should be his lot to
+carry her from this lonely wilderness to his own home thousands of
+miles away.
+
+To the young lover, aglow and happy in his new passion, all things are
+possible. It is he who can appreciate even the days of chivalry, when
+the valiant knight went forth, with lance and buckler to win his lady
+against all comers, counting it his highest happiness to face the
+perils of flood and field if perchance he could but win her smile.
+
+And yet, amid all the roseate dreams which fairly lifted Fred Ashman
+from the gross earth, he could not entirely lose sight of his peculiar
+situation and the formidable difficulties which environed his path. He
+would not admit they were insurmountable, but they were hard to climb.
+
+To come down to facts, he felt that the first, and, indeed, the
+indispensable step was to secure a meeting with the princess that had
+taken such complete possession of his heart.
+
+Guarded as she was by her father, who was sure to resent with instant
+death any such presumption on his part, he might well shrink from the
+appalling attempt; but love has many ways of picking the locks that may
+be fastened to keep hearts apart.
+
+"Ziffak!"
+
+That was the name which came to his tongue again and again, with the
+question whether his friendship could not be enlisted on the side of
+the youth, who had come so strangely to the Murhapa village. He was a
+shrewd fellow who must suspect the truth of those stolen glances. He
+had shown a sudden and strong affection for the explorers, and
+especially for Ashman to whom he surrendered. Was what friendship
+strong enough to lead him to a step that would insure a rupture with
+his royal brother and probably bring about war in his little kingdom?
+
+"I wonder what revelation he was on the point of making when he sat
+down with us in his mother's home," Ashman muttered, as he slowly
+walked along the bank of the Upper Xingu, unmindful of the creeping
+shadow behind him.
+
+That it bore upon that interview and related to the angry quarrel he
+did not doubt, but he could only conjecture its nature which was not
+encouraging when he recalled that Ziffak had told him and his friends,
+without protest on his part, that they were likely to be compelled to
+leave the village that night.
+
+Ashman ceased in his walk, for he saw, in spite of his absorbing
+reverie, that he had passed above the uppermost house of the village.
+The condition under which he was allowed to stay in peace, even for a
+brief time, was that he should not wander beyond the limits of the town.
+
+It was useless to excite resentment without reason, and he was about to
+turn and retrace his steps, when a slight rustling of the undergrowth,
+which marked the boundary of the forest on the south caused him to turn
+his head, stop, and hold his rifle ready for danger.
+
+His old habit of caution came back the instant peril seemed to threaten.
+
+While he debated whether to advance and force the stranger to reveal
+himself, the outlines of a form were distinguished and a slight figure
+stepped forth in the moonlight.
+
+Ashman's heart seemed to stop beating and life itself hang in suspense,
+when he recognized the very being that had taken such full possession
+of his thoughts.
+
+Ay, Ariel, daughter of King Haffgo, stood before him.
+
+For a moment, neither spoke or moved. It was not strange perhaps that
+she was the first to recover the power of utterance.
+
+Advancing timidly, she said in a tremulous voice and with an accent
+just broken enough to make it all the sweeter:
+
+"You are in danger and I could not help coming to tell you."
+
+"Heaven bless you!" he exclaimed, taking a step toward her, but still
+observing a respectful distance. "You have braved danger yourself to
+give me the warning."
+
+"I left my home and waited for a chance to speak to you; I dared not go
+to the door of Ziffak's house for I would have been seen. Then, while
+I was wondering what to do, I saw you come forth and walk toward the
+river. I thought you would go to the end of the village, so I hurried
+on and hid among the bushes until I could speak to you without any one
+seeing me."
+
+Ashman's head was in a swirl. He was trembling in every limb, while
+she seemed to be devoid of any agitation whatever.
+
+"Your father King Haffgo was angry this afternoon, because I looked at
+you; but," added the lover, "I could not have helped doing it, if I
+knew my life would have paid for the act. Ziffak told me about you, so
+you see I did not feel that you were a stranger, even though I then saw
+you for the first time and never heard the music of your voice until
+now."
+
+"The king is angry," said she, withdrawing a little as the happy fellow
+took another step; "he says you shall be killed, but Ziffak persuaded
+him to say your life should be spared if you went away to-night."
+
+Ashman felt another delicious thrill as he reflected that if such were
+the understanding, there would seem to be no cause for the lovely Ariel
+to come thus far out of her way to repeat what Ziffak was sure to
+explain before the departure of the explorers.
+
+Ah, it must have been because of her interest in him that she had
+sought this perilous stolen interview.
+
+"Well, then," said he mournfully, "I must depart and never see you
+again. Death would be preferable to _that_!"
+
+"But you may come back some time," said she in such a tremulous,
+hesitating voice, that he impulsively sprang forward and caught her
+dainty hand before she could escape him.
+
+"O don't!" she plead like a timid bird, striving to withdraw the
+imprisoned fingers which he still held fast.
+
+"Nay, but you must, if I am never to see you again," he exclaimed
+vehemently; "O, Ariel, I had hoped that I might stay here until I could
+see and talk with you and tell you that I can never, never leave you;
+that if I go, you must go with me; I will take you to my home which is
+many many long miles away, but I will be your slave; I will love you; I
+will make you happy; you shall never sigh for the land and the people
+you leave behind you----"
+
+There is no saying when the impetuous lover would have stopped his
+wooing in this cyclone-like fashion hut for an alarming interruption.
+He had been smitten profoundly, and the urgency of the case impelled
+him to an ardor which could not have found expression under any other
+conditions; but, all the time the frightened maiden was striving to
+free her imprisoned hand, and the lover felt he ought to release it but
+could not.
+
+Suddenly she ceased her efforts and looked beyond him with a gasp and
+such a startled expression, that he knew some unusual cause had
+produced it.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+ZIFFAK'S BLOW.
+
+Ziffak, head chieftain of the Murhapas, was a shrewder and more
+far-seeing man than even his white friends suspected.
+
+He had been the first to observe the significant glances of Fred Ashman
+at the hanging curtains, as he was the first to detect the presence of
+his beloved niece behind them.
+
+Although King Haffgo saw not the smile which flitted over the face of
+his daughter, when her eyes met those of the young American, yet Ziffak
+observed it, and he could not have translated it wrongly had he wished
+to do so.
+
+An intimation has been given of the nature of the quarrel between
+Ziffak and his royal brother. The latter was so infuriated that he
+declared that every one of the white men should die. Ziffak reminded
+him of his pledge that they should be safe for two days, a pledge that
+he had repeated in their presence.
+
+But in his hot anger, Ziffak said, he would break that pledge. One of
+the explorers had dared to look upon the face of Ariel and smile. Had
+he detected her returning it, he would have driven his javelin through
+her body as she stood beside him.
+
+Ziffak gave no hint of what he had observed.
+
+The head chieftain was not afraid to brave his brother to his face; but
+he wisely forbore carrying the quarrel beyond the point of
+reconciliation. He told his brother that he was so beside himself that
+he forgot he was a Murhapa who never broke his word. But if the king
+insisted, he would see that the white men took their departure before
+the rising of the morrow's sun.
+
+King Haffgo consented that if that was done, he would permit them to go
+in peace. It was Ziffak's hope that his brother, after his anger had
+time to cool, would modify his last declaration still further and allow
+them to stay their two days, that led him to qualify his remark about
+the necessity of their withdrawing that night.
+
+The same cunning which stood the head chieftain so well during this
+stormy interview remained with him to the end. While he and his
+brother were wrangling, Ariel stood mute and with bowed head. She
+durst not speak, but withdrew only a minute or two before her parent.
+
+Ziffak was still warmly attached to Ashman, and was willing to risk his
+life in his behalf. Knowing that Waggaman and Burkhardt had had much
+to do with stirring the resentment of the king, he was angry enough to
+slay both of them.
+
+When the most peculiar situation is considered, however, it is hardly
+safe to believe the head chieftain was ready to go to the length of
+helping to bring about a meeting between the lovers.
+
+He understood his niece well enough to know that despite the fury of
+her parent, she would brave a good deal to exchange words with the
+handsome stranger that had made such an impression on his heart.
+
+So long as this young man remained in Ziffak's house, so long was it
+impossible for such meeting to take place; but, when Ashman sprang up
+and announced his intention of taking a stroll, Ziffak believed that it
+was with the intention of trying to see Ariel. That is to say, he
+suspected what really came to pass, though it was not in the mind of
+the youth.
+
+Ashman had not been gone long, when Ziffak made an excuse to withdraw,
+saying he meant to find out, if he could, where Waggaman and Burkhardt
+were hiding. He counselled the Professor and the New Englander to stay
+where they were until his return, which he promised should not be long
+deferred.
+
+Neither Grimcke nor Long dreamt of the object of their dusky friend in
+leaving, and as the mother of the Murhapa reappeared about that time
+and started a fire, with a view of preparing their evening meal, they
+concluded that the best thing for them was to follow the advice of the
+brave fellow.
+
+The instant Ziffak was on the outside of his own house, he became as
+alert as a cat scenting a mouse. He held his ponderous javelin with
+its poisoned tip in his right hand, and he looked keenly about in the
+gathering gloom.
+
+A warrior stopped in front of him and made a respectful inquiry about
+the white men. Ziffak uttered such an angry reply and raised his
+weapon so menacingly that the native skurried away in terror of his
+life.
+
+All at once the keen black eyes caught sight of a small, petite figure
+as it vanished in the darkness. He smiled, for he recognized Ariel on
+her way to the upper end of the village. He knew on the instant what
+_that_ meant.
+
+Then the penetrating gaze outlined the figure of a man, sneaking like a
+wild animal, down the river bank. He was seen only faintly, but he was
+equally sure of _his_ identity. It was Burkhardt, one of the hated
+white men that had poisoned the mind of his brother and caused him to
+forget he was a Murhapa, whose word should be sacred.
+
+An exultant gleam came into the dusky face, as he stole forward in the
+same direction that the convict took. The action of the miscreant
+showed that he was following some prey, and who was it as likely to be
+as the white man that was abroad and was held in such detestation by
+the scoundrel?
+
+Burkhardt, in one respect, acted precisely as did his intended victim.
+The latter was so absorbed in his own delicious thoughts, that, after
+that hurried glance around him, he did not once again look to the rear.
+So Burkhardt, never once dreaming that he was under surveillance, kept
+his gloating eyes fixed on the shadowy figure in front, without looking
+to see that while the man was hunting the tiger another tiger was not
+hunting him.
+
+Being a slight distance to the rear of the convict, Ziffak could not
+see the form in front of him with equal distinctness, but the faint
+glimpse which he caught was all he needed.
+
+Thus the strange procession passed up the western bank of the calmly
+flowing Xingu. Fred Ashman moving slowly and lost in reverie,
+Burkhardt prowling like a wild beast behind him, with Ziffak clinging
+to the heels of the wretch as if he were his very shadow.
+
+The moon, which gave but faint light at the beginning, increased in
+power as the minutes passed. Ziffak fell back, so that if Burkhardt
+should look around, he would not recognize though he might see him.
+
+But the ruffian did not turn his head: he was too intent on the fearful
+task before him.
+
+Suddenly he stopped. Instantly Ziffak crouched down into the smallest
+possible space and clutched his javelin. The increasing moonlight
+showed that he had passed beyond the upper end of the village and was
+watching the lovers on the fringe of the forest beyond.
+
+A movement on the part of Burkhardt, as if he were making preparation
+to fire his rifle, caused Ziffak to move swiftly and silently forward
+until he was within twenty paces. Then he paused, for he was close
+enough.
+
+The change of position on the part of the pursuer enabled him to catch
+the outlines of the lovers, so absorbed in each other's presence that
+they forgot to keep within the sheltering shadow of the trees.
+
+Burkhardt could ask for no better opportunity than that which was now
+before him. He knew the inextinguishable hatred of King Haffgo for
+this white man, and no greater favor could be done the ruler than to
+slay him.
+
+Sinking on one knee, he carefully brought his gun to a level. The
+gleam of the moonlight on the barrel insured unerring aim.
+
+But a moment before it was perfected, Ashman stepped forward and seized
+the hand of his adored one. This caused such a change of the relative
+situation of the two that the weapon could not be fired without
+endangering the life of the maiden.
+
+That would never do, and waiting a moment in the hope that another
+charge would take place, Burkhardt began stealthily moving to the right
+to secure the advantage. A few steps up the slope were all that was
+required, when he again knelt on one knee and pointed his rifle at the
+unsuspicious American.
+
+It was but an instant before that Ariel caught sight of the crouching
+figure and was transfixed with terror. The moonlight enabled her to
+identify the person, who was aiming his gun either at her or her
+companion.
+
+Before she could speak, and at the moment Ashman turned his head, a
+giant figure was seen to rise as if out of the very earth, directly
+behind the miscreant. He held his prodigious javelin poised over his
+bead. He was seen to make a sudden onward movement and then the weapon
+vanished.
+
+Speeding toward the couple with such amazing velocity it was invisible;
+but, ere the crouching convict could press the trigger of his rifle, he
+was seen to sprawl forward, his gun flying from his grasp. The
+terrible javelin had gone entirely through his body as though it were
+tissue paper, and pinned him like an impaled insect to the earth!
+
+"The scoundrel!" exclaimed Ashman, who was just too late to anticipate
+their friend.
+
+"It is Ziffak who has saved us!" gasped Ariel, shrinking against the
+side of her lover.
+
+The herculean chieftain towered aloft in more imposing proportions than
+ever as he strode toward the startled couple. Whether he was advancing
+to regain his weapon, or whether he meant to join them could not be
+known; for, before he reached the body of the assassin, he abruptly
+stopped and looked in the direction of the village.
+
+He had caught an ominous sound: it was that made by the discharge of
+firearms!
+
+"Great heaven!" exclaimed Ashman; "they have attacked my friends in
+Ziffak's house; I must go to their help; dearest Ariel, what will
+become of you?" added the distracted lover.
+
+"Leave me alone," she replied, becoming calm again; "I can return home."
+
+"Well, then, good-bye! It may be for the last time," he impulsively
+added, catching her, his one arm clasped about her yielding form and
+drawing her to him. Then, while she only faintly resisted, he kissed
+her passionately, as a lover kisses the queen of his heart when he
+believes he is bidding her farewell forever.
+
+Suddenly, Ashman felt both of the willowy arms about his own neck, and
+she returned his caresses with a fervor equal to his own.
+
+"Heaven bless and keep you!" he murmured; "I now have everything to
+live for! I shall fight hard, for it is not the life of my friends or
+my own that it is at stake! It is _you_! It is YOU!"
+
+The startled Ziffak had paused but an instant, when he read aright the
+meaning of the sounds of guns from the village. The explorers had been
+attacked by the Murhapas. King Haffgo must have given the order. He
+had violated his pledge for the first time in his life. Great was his
+provocation!
+
+The bosom of the giant heaved with indignation. He stood glaring like
+a lion at the keepers who are torturing his mate to death, while he is
+barred within the cage and cannot rush to her help.
+
+Then, wheeling about, he broke into a run straight for his home, whence
+came the shots that left no doubt that Professor Grimcke, Jared Long,
+and perchance their servants were fighting for their lives.
+
+The chieftain had not far to go, and half the distance was passed, when
+he paused as suddenly as he had started. A new and startling decision
+had formed itself in his mind.
+
+Again he wheeled and dashed toward the spot where he had left the
+lovers a minute before.
+
+They saw him coming, and Ashman released his beloved and started to
+join the chieftain, who he suspected had come for him.
+
+"Back!" he commanded, waving his immense arms; "neither of you must go
+to the village!"
+
+"But what shall we do?" asked Ariel, pausing in front of the excited
+giant.
+
+"Flee at once! Delay not a moment! If you do not, Haffgo will slay
+both of you! They are searching for Ariel! They suspect she is with
+you! They will soon know it and death awaits each!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+THE FLIGHT.
+
+Never had Ziffak shown such fearful excitement. He swung his arms, and
+in his wild agitation uttered some of his words in Murhapa, but his
+meaning was caught by Ashman, who was infected by his overwhelming
+emotion. He was distraught for the moment, and stood undecided what to
+do.
+
+It was the lovely Ariel who showed the most self-command.
+
+"Whither shall we go, Ziffak?" she asked in English.
+
+"To the enchanted lake; to the burning mountain! You know the way!
+Nothing else will save you, and you are lost if you wait another
+minute!"
+
+And laying hands on the young man, he whirled him about and gave him a
+shove which nearly threw him off his feet. Then he reached to catch
+her, but she eluded him and slipped like a bird to the side of her
+lover.
+
+"We will go!" said she; "leave us alone!"
+
+Ashman turned his head and seizing the hand of his companion, said,
+
+"You are my guide now! Lead on, and I will follow you to the death!"
+
+She made no answer, but moved rapidly through the wood until they came
+to the open space along the river. Here, since there were no
+obstructions, they increased their pace almost to a run. He sought to
+maintain his place beside her, but she moved so fast, with little
+apparent effort that it was hard to do so.
+
+He had his Winchester and revolver, and he glanced behind to learn
+whether they were followed. Ziffak had vanished, and no one was in
+sight. It was well that such was the fact; for he would not have
+hesitated to shoot down any that might appear.
+
+The extraordinary flight continued for a furlong, and then Ariel paused
+on the edge of the Xingu. Her lover saw the reason: a small canoe lay
+against the shore.
+
+"Is this to be used?" he asked, glancing in her pale face.
+
+She nodded her head, and, lifting her skirts, stepped daintily within,
+and sat down near the stern. He shoved the boat clear, sprang in and
+sat down near the middle, as he seized the broad thin paddle.
+
+Although considerably above the rapids, which had been the cause of all
+his difficulty, Ashman noticed that the current was not so swift as
+that encountered at many places leagues below; and, since the width was
+no greater, it followed that that portion of the Upper Xingu was of
+unusual depth.
+
+In the strange excitement of the occasion, the lovers spoke few words.
+They had said much, and, when the opportunity should again come, they
+would say a great deal more; but they were fleeing for their lives, and
+any distraction of their whole interest and effort was likely to be
+fatal.
+
+Ariel realized this as fully as did Ashman. She continually glanced in
+every direction, especially toward the village which was fast receding
+behind them. Fred swung the paddle powerfully, but with as little
+noise as possible.
+
+In such crises of a man's life he thinks rapidly. While the young
+man's heart was aglow with the ecstacy of a promised fulfillment of his
+love--a more glorious fulfillment than he had dared to dream of--he saw
+that a desperate struggle was not only certain but close at hand.
+
+Very soon the flight of Ariel must be discovered, and her infuriated
+father would stop at nothing to punish the elopers. He could command
+hundreds of the most valiant warriors of the Matto Grosso, and any one,
+except such a lover as Fred Ashman, would have shrunk from the
+prodigious task before him.
+
+When the flight of the canoe had continued for several minutes, and he
+could breathe a little more freely, he asked of his companion, whether
+she was familiar with the region they expected to visit.
+
+The reply was singular. King Haffgo was accustomed to make regular
+excursions to the wonderful place, and he rarely did so without Ariel
+as his companion. He had guards stationed night and day to watch for
+the approach of strangers, for there was wealth enough to awaken the
+avarice even of the Emperor of Brazil himself.
+
+Leaving his warriors at the entrance to the lake, with instructions to
+prevent any one following him, Haffgo would paddle the frail craft out
+upon the lake, with his daughter as his only companion.
+
+They explored much of the strange locality, visiting places unknown, so
+far as they were aware, to every one else.
+
+Ashman reflected that this was extremely fortunate so far as Ariel was
+concerned, for it gave her the very knowledge that was so necessary in
+their flight; but, unfortunately, their bitterest and most unrelenting
+enemy possessed the same knowledge.
+
+Now the Xingu broadened, and the flow became still more moderate.
+Ashman held his paddle suspended and looked around.
+
+"Are we entering the lake?"
+
+"Not yet," she replied with a shake of her lovely head.
+
+The oar was dipped again, and the light boat shot forward like a water
+fowl over the smooth surface.
+
+He had noticed that the boat was similar to that used by Ziffak, being
+composed of a species of bark, the seams of which were skilfully joined
+with tendons, and the outside covered with a gum which rendered it
+close enough to exclude even air itself.
+
+What seemed to be a creek a hundred feet wide, suddenly opened on the
+right, winding through an exuberant forest whose branches overhung the
+water. She motioned with her hand for him to guide the boat into this,
+adding that it was the entrance to the enchanted lake of which he had
+heard such glowing accounts, and whose existence, he remembered, had
+been denied by Ziffak, though it had been admitted by him only a brief
+while before.
+
+The course of the canoe was changed, and Ashman involuntarily slackened
+the pace, while he gazed around with increasing wonder.
+
+The distance was not far, when a towering rock was observed jutting out
+from the bank. It was fully twenty feet high, rough, jagged and
+massive and obtruded half-way across the stream.
+
+She whispered to him to proceed as cautiously as he could, for on the
+rock was stationed one of the lookouts of King Haffgo, whose duty it
+was to challenge every one on his way to the enchanted lake. Ashman
+was told to keep his lips mute, in case they were hailed, as they were
+likely to be, and to leave to her any explanation it might be necessary
+to make.
+
+In the bright moonlight, the sentinel was sure to notice the presence
+of a white man in the boat, but would be likely to believe he was
+either Waggaman or Burkhardt, while he would not dare to question the
+daughter of the king, however much he might be astonished at her
+presence at this time.
+
+Ashman saw the figure of a Murhapa, but instead of being erect, he was
+seated on a ledge of the rock, his body half prone and in a motionless
+posture. The paddle was dipped more softly than ever as the craft came
+opposite him, but he did not speak, or stir.
+
+"He's asleep?" whispered Ashman, looking inquiringly at her.
+
+She nodded her head, and he did not require to be told of the great
+gain that would be secured, if they could pass without awaking him.
+
+With that view, he used the utmost care, causing only the faintest
+ripple, as he propelled the light craft over the mirror-like surface.
+
+In a few seconds, the massive rock was passed, and still the sentinel
+remained as motionless, as if he were a part of the solid stone, on
+which he was seated. He surely was a negligent servant to lose his
+consciousness thus early in the night.
+
+A few more strokes, and a turn in the creek left him out of sight.
+_That_ danger was safely passed, and Fred Ashman drew a sigh of relief,
+accepting it as a good omen of their future.
+
+He now dipped the paddle deeper, and, within the following five
+minutes, the canoe and its occupants debouched upon the waters of the
+wonderful enchanted lake.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+SHUT IN.
+
+The situation in which the visitors to the dominions of King Haffgo
+were placed, was such as to sharpen their wits to the keenest edge.
+
+After the departure of Fred Ashman, Ziffak talked more plainly with the
+Professor and New Englander. The head chieftain told his white friends
+what they had suspected; Haffgo was enraged at Ashman's presumption
+with his daughter. He was in that mood indeed, in which, but for his
+promise, he would have hurled his javelin at the youth before he left
+the audience chamber.
+
+Ziffak, however, was hopeful that the anger of his royal brother would
+cool sufficiently to allow the visitors to remain there two days; but
+he doubted whether, after all, they would want to stay that long under
+the strained condition of things.
+
+When the chieftain took his departure, it was without any hint that he
+wished to have an eye to the young gentleman, but Grimcke and Long
+suspected it, and their conversation became of the gravest character,
+for they fully realized their peril.
+
+They regretted the mad infatuation of their young friend with Ariel the
+princess, and yet they did not blame him, for, as the New Englander
+remarked, could they have believed there was any hope for them, they
+would have fallen as irrestrainably in love as he.
+
+But they did not, and, therefore, were in a frame of mind to consider
+the situation more coolly than the hot-headed lover.
+
+Both agreed that the stroll taken by Ashman was likely to bring about
+trouble, but they were powerless to do anything. Ziffak was the only
+individual who could manage matters in such an emergency.
+
+It will be remembered that night had fully come at the time of the
+chieftain's departure. The interior of the room would have been
+wrapped in gloom, had not the mother of Ziffak made her appearance and
+started a fire on the hearth at the further end of the apartment.
+
+The white men watched her closely to see how the Murhapas were
+accustomed to secure ignition. But they were disappointed. She raked
+aside the ashes until some embers were disclosed beneath, which were
+readily fanned into a flame. This caused the apartment to shine with a
+light like that at mid-day.
+
+She had brought in an earthen vessel of water and began broiling
+several thin slices of meat on the coals. They were quickly finished,
+and she then handed to each of her guests the prepared meat on an
+earthen plate. All ate heartily, using their fingers for knives and
+forks, while the cool water could not have been more refreshing.
+
+Bippo and Pedros had been sleeping and resting so long that they
+desired to get out doors. Since they were not likely to be recognized
+in the night, if they used caution, Grimcke and Long told them to go,
+but to take care they did not lose themselves.
+
+They had hardly departed when their hostess also left, passing out by
+the rear way. She did not speak, but as she was disappearing, gave the
+two men such a strange look that their suspicions were awakened. Both
+at that moment were reflecting upon the ominous news brought them by
+Ziffak.
+
+By a common impulse, both hastened to the rear to learn all they could
+about the building in which they might be compelled to fight for their
+lives.
+
+The result was rather pleasing. The structure was heavier and more
+compact than the ordinary buildings, and, in addition to the usual
+opening in front, had one at the rear, through which the woman
+undoubtedly passed on her way to her royal son.
+
+Neither of these openings were provided with anything in the nature of
+a door that could be closed. Whenever the rare occasions arose for
+such a sealing of the inhabitants of a house, it was done by means of
+furs suspended in front of the entrance.
+
+The white men noted this with quick eyes, and then went back to the
+front apartment.
+
+"In the event of attack," said the Professor with the utmost coolness,
+"you can take the rear door and I the front."
+
+Long nodded his head; he understood and was ready.
+
+They had hardly entered the front apartment, when both were struck by
+the unusual chatter of voices on the outside. There must have been a
+large gathering of people who were growing excited about something.
+
+The Professor was about to step into the opening to learn what it
+meant, when Bippo burst into the apartment, the picture of fright and
+terror.
+
+"Going to kill us!" was his alarming exclamation; "make me run--almost
+kill me!"
+
+"Where's Pedros?" asked Long.
+
+"He scared--run into woods--won't come back--run all way to Am'zon!"
+
+"I think he'll have to stop once or twice to get breath before he
+reaches there," was the characteristic comment of the Professor, who
+standing near the door, listened more closely to the threatening words
+and exclamations on the outside.
+
+It sounded singular to recognize more than one expression uttered in
+English by these people, who, until a few years before were unaware
+that such people were living.
+
+But for the proof Ziffak had given of his loyalty the whites might have
+connected his absence with the ugly signs outside; but the confidence
+even of Jared Long in his friendship was unshaken.
+
+"Bippo," said the Professor, speaking with the same quiet
+self-possession he had shown in the first place, "they are going to
+attack us; more than likely we shall be killed, but there is a chance
+for you, because you are dressed like these people, and, so long as you
+can keep in the shadow, you can pass for one of them; you can slip out
+by the opening at the rear without being noticed; steal away, find
+Pedros if you can, and leave."
+
+The eyes of the servant seemed to protrude from his head, as he grasped
+the fearful meaning of these words. Then, clutching his spear in his
+hand, he whisked like a shadow into the rear apartment beyond sight.
+
+Grimcke and Long smiled in each other's face; they could not blame the
+fellow for thinking of his own safety.
+
+"The music will begin in a few minutes," added the Professor. "I think
+you had better guard the rear; you understand, Jared, that it's no time
+to throw away any powder."
+
+"I don't propose to waste my ammunition," muttered the New Englander,
+as he stepped softly into the rear apartment.
+
+Only a slight reflection from the fire on the hearth found its way into
+that part of the house, which had no window; but by the dim light Jared
+Long saw a dusky figure come rapidly from the door toward him. He was
+on the point of raising his gun, when it spoke:
+
+"It's me--Bippo."
+
+"I thought you had left. Why didn't you go?"
+
+"Love my white folks--can't leave 'em, stay die wid 'em."
+
+This sounded very fine, but the New Englander was incredulous. He
+believed that their servant was more afraid to leave than to stay. He
+had probably taken a look outside and decided that he was safer under
+the shelter of those three Winchesters (for the weapon of poor Aaron
+Johnston was still in the possession of his friends).
+
+Long was inclined to ask him to take charge of the extra rifle, and use
+it in helping to defend themselves; but, recalling the antipathy of the
+fellow against handling firearms, he decided that he would only throw
+away his cartridges.
+
+He, therefore, cautioned him to keep out of the reach of any of the
+missiles that were likely to come flying into the apartment, and urged
+him, in case he saw any opening, to dart out among the people and do
+his best to escape.
+
+Professor Grimcke firmly believed that the impending fight would be to
+the death, and that the only issue would be the slaying of himself and
+companion. It was the same danger they had faced many times, with the
+difference that this was to be the last.
+
+He surveyed his surroundings, like a general making ready to receive
+the assault of a foe, and die fighting in the last ditch.
+
+There was the door in front and the two windows, through which the
+attack could be made. He could cover all three with his repeating
+rifle, and, when the last struggle came, appeal to his revolver and
+knife. He smiled, grimly at the reflection, that he had every ground
+for believing, that the victory of the Murhapas would prove the most
+costly they had ever won. Jared Long was his equal in markmanship and
+coolness, and, as he coolly remarked, there would be no ammunition
+wasted, by either.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII.
+
+BESIEGERS AND BESIEGED.
+
+Suddenly a bushy bead, with a black face, horribly distorted by
+passion, appeared at the window furthest from where Professor Grimcke
+was standing.
+
+The right hand was raised and in the act of poising a javelin to hurl
+at the white man; but the latter, with an incredibly quick movement,
+brought his Winchester to a level and fired.
+
+The bronze skull was shattered as though it were a rotten apple, and
+the Murhapa, with a resounding shriek, went backward in the darkness.
+
+A slight rustling at the other window drew the white man's attention
+thither, and, without lowering his weapon, he let fly at a group who
+were simply peering within, evidently believing there was no call to
+use their javelins.
+
+Another screech told that the bullet had found its mark, and the other
+faces vanished.
+
+Then Grimcke stepped out from the wall to gain a view of the opening
+which answered for a door. A rustling there told him a crowd were
+gathering, but they had taken warning just in time to avoid a third
+shot. Then he slipped a couple more cartridges from his belt into the
+magazine, so as to keep it full, and awaited the next step in this
+extraordinary business.
+
+"I've about a hundred left," he reflected, "and that's enough to keep
+things on a jump, if I can dodge their javelins."
+
+Meanwhile, Jared Long was not idle. He had but the opening at the rear
+to watch, and he did the duty well. Almost at the moment that his
+comrade fired his first shot, he descried the figure of a Murhapa
+trying to steal into the apartment without detection; but just enough
+of the moonlight that was shut from the front doors and windows,
+reached the rear of the building, to disclose the outlines of the head
+and shoulders, as he began stealthily creeping into the building.
+
+Bippo had discovered the peril at the same moment, and clutched the arm
+of his master with a nervous intensity of terror. Long impatiently
+shook him off, and, with the same cool quickness of Professor Grimcke,
+drove a bullet through the head of the dusky miscreant, who was slain
+so suddenly that he rolled convulsively backward, without any outcry.
+
+Almost at the same instant, a second native emitted a wild shout. He
+was directly behind the first and the latter lurched against him,
+causing such fright that he leaped back several feet with the
+involuntary cry fully understood by all whose ears it reached.
+
+Long stood as rigid as a statue for several minutes, waiting for
+another chance, but none presented. Then he reflected that his
+position was much more favorable than Grimcke's, for not only had he
+but the single opening to guard, but his apartment was so shrouded in
+gloom that the sharpest-eyed warrior could not locate him from the
+outside.
+
+The New Englander stepped to the door communicating with the front
+apartment and, barely showing himself, spoke:
+
+"I can attend to the window on the right, Professor; leave that to me,
+while you watch the door and the other one."
+
+"Thanks," returned his friend; "I think there is a little too much
+light in this part of the house."
+
+Moving quickly to the hearth he heaped the ashes with his foot upon the
+blazing embers, until they were so smothered that only a few tiny
+twists of flame struggled through the covering. This left the place in
+such darkness that a sense of security instantly came to him.
+
+"Good!" called the New Englander, who could no longer be discerned;
+"that makes matters more nearly equal!"
+
+Although, as we have said, the moonlight was substantially shut off
+from the front of the heavy structure, yet the moon itself, being full,
+so illumined the surroundings that it was quite easy to distinguish the
+head and figure of any one of their enemies the instant he presented
+himself at one of the openings.
+
+What both the defenders feared was, that the savages would make a
+sudden rush and force themselves within the cabin in spite of the
+disastrous reception they were sure to be given. Such an essay was
+certain to result in the overthrow of the whites, but the Murhapas must
+have realized the cost it would be to them. Brave as they were, they
+hesitated to incur the consequences until other means had failed.
+
+Professor Ernest Grimcke now did a most daring thing. The fierce
+welcome he had given the attacking Murhapas resulted in their temporary
+demoralization. Knowing they would speedily recover, he decided to
+take advantage of the panic by an attempt to intensify it.
+
+Striding to the door he paused on the very threshold and peered out
+upon the large space in his field of vision.
+
+Fully a hundred savages were in sight. Apparently they had been
+crowding around the entrance when the shots from within caused a hasty
+scattering. They had halted a dozen yards or so away, where they were
+talking excitedly, still frightened and enraged, and with no thought of
+relinquishing the fight.
+
+They had withdrawn so far from the front of the building that they were
+in the strong moonlight, and consequently in full view of the white
+man, who saw others of the natives hurrying from the right and left.
+Among them were women and children and the confusion and excitement
+were fearful.
+
+Standing thus, Grimcke again raised his repeater and deliberately
+opened fire on the crowd. It seemed cruel, but it was an act of
+self-defence, for those people were clamoring for the lives of the two
+men within, and would not be satisfied until they were at their mercy.
+
+It was a strange scene that followed. The interior of the building
+being dark, while the moonlight failed to touch the front, the figure
+of the white man was invisible to the dusky wretches howling on the
+outside.
+
+All at once, from the black opening of the building, came the crash of
+the repeating Winchester. Spouts of fire shot out into the gloom in
+terrific succession, as if fiery serpents were darting their heads in
+different directions; for the marksman aimed, quickly to the right, to
+the left and to the front, never pausing until he had discharged half a
+score of shots.
+
+The panic for a minute or two was indescribable. Men, women and
+children shrieked and scattered for the nearest available shelter.
+Behind the buildings and down the river bank they dashed, stumbled and
+rolled, until, but for the tragic nature of the scene, the white man
+would have smiled.
+
+But he had done enough, and he stepped back within the room to
+replenish the magazine of his rifle.
+
+Jared Long had been drawn into the room by the furious fusillade, and
+now put the startling question whether advantage could not be taken of
+the panic to make a sudden dash for the woods. It would never do to
+make for the boat still resting against the shore, for it would be
+filled with poisoned javelins before they could shove out into the
+Xingu.
+
+"I believe we can," replied the Professor; "it will take them some
+minutes to get over their panic and that will be enough for us."
+
+"Let us leave by the rear," said Long, "for I don't think that is so
+well guarded."
+
+The two turned to attempt the dash for freedom, when a cry from Bippo
+struck them.
+
+"Stay here," exclaimed the New Englander, fearing that a diversion was
+on foot; "and I'll attend to him!"
+
+He was back in the apartment in an instant. The light on the hearth
+having been extinguished, the gloom in this portion of the building was
+impenetrable, but a fearful struggle of some kind was going on. Some
+animal or person had got within and grappled Bippo who was fighting
+like a tiger.
+
+Had the New Englander been able to distinguish the combatants, he would
+have ended the contest in a twinkling, but though the two rolled
+against his feet, he dared not fire through fear of hurting his friend.
+
+"Are you under or on top?" he asked, bending downward at the moment he
+knew from the peculiar sounds the foes had become stationary.
+
+"_He on top_," was the doleful response.
+
+Long extended his right hand to learn precisely how matters stood, or
+rather lay, when it came in contact with the arm of a Murhapa in the
+act of raising it aloft to bury his knife in the body of the helpless
+Bippo, who was at the mercy of the savage, holding him inextricably in
+his grasp.
+
+The American secured a firm hold of the forearm, and with a powerful
+wrench, not only jerked the miscreant free, but flung him from one side
+of the room clean to the door, where he was visible in the faint light
+beyond.
+
+Evidently concluding that his mission in that place was over, he nimbly
+came to his feet and shot like a rocket through the opening.
+
+The New Englander was in no mood for sentimentality, and, he levelled
+his weapon with the intention to kill; but quick as he was, he was just
+a fraction of a minute too late, and, much to his chagrin, the dusky
+wretch got away unharmed.
+
+Long darted into the front room, ready for the proposal he had made
+just before.
+
+The Professor was peering out, seemingly debating whether it was not
+advisable to re-open his bombardment.
+
+"It beats creation," he remarked, as his friend appeared at his elbow,
+"how quickly those fellows rally; their heads are popping up in every
+direction, and it won't do to try to steal out this way."
+
+"But I suggested the rear," reminded Long.
+
+"Let's see how matters look there."
+
+The survey from the other opening was disappointing. Although all the
+Murhapas had been affected in a greater or less degree by the panic,
+yet it was more incomplete at the rear, because the confusing volley
+had not come from that direction.
+
+There seemed to be fully as many warriors on this side, which, with the
+exception of the river, was quite similar in appearance to the other.
+The shadowy figures were observed moving noiselessly in a dozen
+different directions, their heads bent down and their bodies crouching,
+as if in expectation of a shot, but, at the same time, they were not to
+be frightened off by any fusilade from within.
+
+"We're just too late," remarked the Professor, quick to take in every
+point of the situation; "we might have done it a minute ago, but they
+are watching too closely now."
+
+"Let's open again," suggested the New Englander.
+
+"Better wait awhile; they can be stampeded easier then than now," was
+the reply of the Professor.
+
+During this lull, when it may be said the defenders were becoming
+accustomed to the siege, they had time to give a few minutes' thought
+to their absent friends, Fred Ashman and Ziffak, regarding whom it was
+natural to feel great curiosity.
+
+They believed themselves warranted in hoping for the best, so far as
+Ashman was concerned. He had probably strolled some distance, and must
+have been warned by the firing of the Professor's Winchester from the
+front, of the serious danger in which his friends were involved. If
+all had gone well with the youth up to that time, he ought to be wise
+enough to get away without an instant's delay. What was feared was,
+that in his anxiety to help his comrades, he would run into a peril
+from which he could not extricate himself.
+
+The real hope for the youth was centered on Ziffak. Believing he had
+gone forth to look after Ashman, they were confident he would speedily
+get upon his track. If so, he would not permit him to return to the
+village.
+
+From what the reader has been told, it will be seen that the defenders
+were not far off in their conjectures.
+
+But, when they came to speculate upon the part that the head chieftain
+was likely to take, affecting Grimcke and Long, they were all at sea.
+It would ever be a source of wonder that he had been transformed from a
+relentless enemy into the strongest of friends, but they fully realized
+that such friendship must have its bounds.
+
+Ziffak might not shrink from using very plain speech when talking face
+to face with his brother, but it was hardly to be supposed that he
+would raise his arm against his authority. At the time Ziffak made
+known the probability that the explorers might be compelled to take
+their departure that evening, he gave no intimation of any purpose of
+helping them to resist such an order.
+
+Accustomed as he was to lead the warlike Murhapas in battle, he might
+well hesitate to ask them to turn their weapons against the king, and
+if he should presume on such treason, all the probabilities were that
+such weapons would be turned against the head chieftain himself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX.
+
+ACROSS THE LAKE.
+
+A few minutes after passing the bend in the stream, which hid the rock
+and the sleeping sentinel from sight, Fred Ashman observed that the
+smooth current broadened into a lake, forming the extraordinary sheet
+of water of which he had heard such strange accounts.
+
+He held the paddle suspended, and looked around.
+
+The surface was as calm as the face of a mirror, and in the strong
+moonlight, as he looked down he could see that it was of crystalline
+clearness--so much so, indeed, that a boat or any floating object
+looked as if suspended in mid-air.
+
+It expanded right and left and in front, until he could barely discern
+the dim outlines of trees and rocks that shut it in. It was probably
+two or three square miles in extent, and to the westward the shore
+appeared to be composed of enormous boulders and masses of rocks.
+
+Directly ahead, was a crag more massive than the rest, towering a
+hundred feet above the lake, with a breadth fully one half as great.
+It resembled some gigantic sentinel, keeping ward and watch over the
+strange region unknown to few if any white man.
+
+Ashman turned to his companion with the question, what course he should
+take, and, without speaking, she pointed to the rock which she saw had
+attracted his attention.
+
+Very slight effort was required to propel the delicate craft, which
+seemed to become sentient, and to move forward in obedience to the
+wishes of its occupants. He barely dipped the blade into the water,
+when it skimmed forward like a swallow. After a number of strokes he
+ceased and fixed his eyes on the landmark by which he was proceeding.
+
+A singular emotion held him speechless for the time. The vast mass of
+stone appeared to be slowly rising from the bosom of the lake, and,
+instead of remaining motionless, was advancing to meet the tiny canoe
+and its awed occupants. One moment, it was like some vast ogre,
+stealing silently about to crush them beneath the clear waters, and
+then it became a friendly giant, reaching out its hand to lead them
+forward.
+
+But for the distant sounds of firing at the Murhapa village, Fred
+Ashman would have felt that it was all a vision of sleep, from which he
+must soon awake to the realities of life.
+
+But that horrible, grinding discord continually creeping into their
+ears told too plainly the dreadful scenes at comparatively a short
+distance. Even in his exalted mental state, Ashman began to ask
+himself what was to be the end of the strange venture upon which he had
+started. A disquieting misgiving arose, that perhaps he had not done
+the wisest thing in leaving his imperilled friends.
+
+But he reflected that he had only obeyed the orders of Ziffak, who
+indeed would not have permitted his wishes to be disregarded, for who
+should know the wisest course so well as he? Besides, his own reason
+told him that if the Professor and his companion were attacked in the
+cabin, it was impossible for him to raise a finger in their behalf.
+
+And so he dismissed that phase of the marvellous business from his mind
+and faced the present situation.
+
+He had fled with Ariel from her father, King Haffgo. Instead of
+turning to the northward down the Xingu, they had gone further up the
+stream and directly away from the right course out of the perilous
+country.
+
+But while, in one sense, this might be looked upon as the height of
+recklessness, he saw it was unavoidable. Had they turned down the
+Xingu, there would have been no escaping their foes, while the
+enchanted lake and its surroundings must afford secure shelter for a
+time.
+
+But for how long?
+
+That was the question which obtruded itself, even while filled with the
+delightful thrill of his new love, and when _en rapport_ with his
+marvellous surroundings.
+
+The intimate knowledge which Ariel possessed of the region would guide
+them to some spot where they could reasonably hope to be safe from
+pursuit, unless such pursuit was led by her enraged parent.
+
+Ashman was still scrutinizing the great mass of rock, steadily assuming
+more definite shape in the moonlight as the intervening distance
+decreased, when he was surprised that he had not noticed the
+mountainous elevation behind it. The immense rock seemed but the
+beginning of others rising beyond to the height of a thousand feet,
+while they broadened to the right and left until they stretched over an
+extent of several miles.
+
+It seemed to him that these constituted a spur of the Geral range,
+which extend in a northwesterly direction between the Guapore River
+(forming a part of the eastern boundary of Bolivia) and the headwaters
+of the Tapajos and Xingu. If so, their extent was continuous for a
+hundred miles.
+
+Ashman had ceased paddling, though, under the faint momentum remaining,
+the canoe continued slowly moving over the lake and gradually drawing
+near the rock. He did not break the silence, but asked himself what
+could be the reason of Ariel's direction for him to paddle toward the
+rock. He supposed there was some place of concealment which she had in
+mind, though he discerned nothing of that nature.
+
+"We cannot stay there forever," was the practical thought in the mind
+of the lover, who felt the next moment as though he would be happy to
+dwell forever anywhere with her.
+
+"After we have staid here until pursuit is given up--_if it ever will
+be_--then we must leave the country. I will take her to my home in
+North America, where I shall love and cherish her and become the envied
+of all men."
+
+"We are approaching the rock," he said, addressing her; "what next,
+dearest Ariel."
+
+"Paddle right on," was the astonishing reply.
+
+He looked at her with a questioning smile. Could she be in earnest?
+
+"Right on," she repeated, reading his thoughts aright.
+
+"Very well; the slave obeys his mistress," he replied, giving the
+paddle another dip in the water.
+
+Gazing ahead, he instantly discovered the cause of her reply. A tunnel
+opened into the rock, seemingly near the centre. It was perhaps ten
+feet in height and with a width slightly greater. Could it be she
+meant he should enter that black forbidding passage? He asked the
+question and she replied that such was her wish.
+
+He could not decline to take her whither she desired to go. Gently
+swaying the blade, he sent the boat within the dark opening, which
+appeared to distend its jaws to swallow the canoe and them from the
+world to which they had bidden good-bye.
+
+Ashman was beginning to ask himself how he was to continue the advance
+in the darkness, which must become impenetrable as they passed beyond
+the limit of the moonlight, when he perceived the water into which he
+dipped the paddle.
+
+Not only that, but it grew more distinct as he progressed, until once
+more the form of his beloved came out to view, as she sat near him in
+the canoe.
+
+Wondering what it all meant, he gazed ahead. The surface of the water
+grew plainer, as his eye ranged along the tunnel, until, only a short
+distance away, the view was clearer than on the lake itself, beneath
+the full moon.
+
+What was the explanation of this wonderful sea of illumination into
+which he was guiding the canoe?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX.
+
+A GUESS.
+
+Standing in the door of the building, his figure so wrapped in gloom
+that it was invisible to the fierce Murhapas, Professor Grimcke
+cautiously peered out upon the multitude that were clamorously seeking
+the death of himself and comrade.
+
+The horde seemed to be everywhere. They were glaring over the river
+bank, behind which they could find secure shelter by merely dropping
+their heads; they were crouching at the corners of the adjacent houses,
+the king's residence affording screen to fully a score. Not yet fully
+recovered from their panic, they appeared to be awaiting the leadership
+of some strong man who held the fire-arms of the explorers in less
+dread than they.
+
+A form rose upright along the Xingu, at the upper portion of the line
+of savages. In the full moonlight he was as clearly revealed as if at
+mid-day.
+
+It was with strange feelings that Professor Grimcke saw that this
+individual belonged to the same race as himself. He was one of the two
+white men that had lived for years among the Murhapas and who had
+instigated the furious assault upon them.
+
+"You have earned your fate," muttered the German, bringing his unerring
+Winchester once more to his shoulder, and sighting as best he could at
+the unconscious miscreant, who appeared to be conversing with some one
+sitting on the ground at his side.
+
+The finger of Grimcke was pressing the trigger when, yielding to an
+unaccountable impulse, he lowered the weapon. He was impatient with
+himself that his heart should fail him at the critical moment, but
+perhaps it was well it was so.
+
+"You and I ought to be friends," he reflected, "and it is not my fault
+that we are not, however, I cannot shoot you down like a dog, though
+you deserve it."
+
+The emotion which checked him so unexpectedly, also prevented his
+renewing fire upon the Murhapas, who were really less guilty than he.
+
+He had decided to await the next demonstration before discharging his
+gun again.
+
+Jared Long was as vigilant and alert as his friend. It may be doubted
+whether he would have spared Waggaman, had he been given the
+opportunity to draw bead on him. He realized too vividly that the two
+defenders never would have been in this fearful situation but for the
+machinations of those two men.
+
+It seemed to him that Bippo was curiously quiet. He had not spoken,
+nor, so far as he could judge, moved since his own return from his
+brief conference with the Professor.
+
+He pronounced his name in a low voice, but there was no reply. A call
+in a louder tone also failed of response.
+
+"I wonder whether he was killed?" was the thought which led Long to
+leave his station at the door, and to set out on a tour of
+investigation around the room, using his hands and feet to aid him.
+
+He expected every minute to come in contact with the lifeless figure of
+his helper, whom he supposed to have been pierced by the poisoned
+weapon of the Murhapa; but when he had passed around the apartment and
+across it several times, until assured that not a foot of square space
+had been neglected he awoke to the fact that Bippo was not there.
+
+It was hardly probable that he had entered the front apartment, but he
+made inquiry of the Professor. The latter replied that he had heard
+nothing of him; but, since he had a few minutes that could be spared
+without danger for that purpose, he went through a search similar to
+that of his friend.
+
+"He is not here," called the Professor, in a guarded undertone.
+
+The surprising conclusion followed that the fellow after all had
+effected his escape from the building, though how it was done puzzled
+the two whom he left behind.
+
+Bippo had got away by yielding to one of those sudden inspirations
+which sometimes come to a person. Hearing the explorers speaking about
+a stealthy withdrawal by the rear, he decided to anticipate them.
+Without pausing to debate the matter or ask for permission, he slipped
+out the rear door and moved rapidly off in a crouching posture.
+
+He must have been seen by numbers of the Murhapas, but was mistaken for
+one of their own number.
+
+The error cannot be regarded as remarkable, when it is recalled that
+Bippo bore a strong resemblance to the savages around them. He was
+dressed the same and carried a spear similar to the missiles used by
+them. Though he lacked their bushy heads and stature, these were not
+marked enough to attract notice at a time when the Murhapas knew that
+several of their number had been defeated in their efforts to enter the
+structure from the rear.
+
+With his wits sharpened by his danger, Bippo displayed admirable
+discretion. Showing no undue haste or flurry, he avoided too close
+acquaintance with the savages, who were so absorbed in the work of
+securing the destruction of the white men that they paid less attention
+to such an incident than they would at any other time.
+
+So it was that he edged farther and farther away, until he found
+himself so close to the woods that he whisked among the trees without
+any one questioning or trying to check him. He was free at last, and,
+as if Dame Fortune had decided to take him in charge, he had hardly
+reached the margin of the Xingu, at a point considerably below the
+village, when he almost stumbled over Pedros, who was waiting and
+wondering what he ought to do next.
+
+Both the Professor and his friend were glad that Bippo had managed to
+get away. They liked the fellow, and, even if they must be sacrificed,
+it was a relief to know that the poor native, who had had such a woful
+experience since leaving the Amazon, now had a fighting chance of
+escaping from the dreadful region.
+
+Besides, as has been shown, the presence of the fellow was more of an
+incumbrance than a help. But for the delay caused by Long's rush to
+his help, the whites would have made a dash for liberty themselves,
+though the question of their escape was problematical to the last
+degree.
+
+Precious little ground could the explorers see for extricating
+themselves from their peril. The Murhapas numbered a hundred, all were
+brave, and the weapons in their hands were dreaded tenfold more than
+firearms. It seemed miraculous that Grimcke and Long had not been
+pierced long before. Why did not the Murhapas set fire to the
+building, after the manner of the North American Indians?
+
+This was the question which both the defenders had asked themselves
+several times, but in the case of each the answer was obvious.
+
+The house, it will be recalled, adjoined that of King Haffgo, and,
+although there was no wind blowing, the burning of the less important
+structure was sure to endanger the other. As a last resort, the white
+men might be driven out in that way, but not yet.
+
+If the besiegers could persuade themselves to make a united rush, they
+would be sure to prevail; but, as has been explained, the cost of such
+an essay was sure to be frightful, and led the Murhapas to defer that,
+also, until assured less risky means would not prevail.
+
+It seemed to our friends that there were scores of schemes which ought
+to be successful, and, such being the case, it will be understood why
+they believed their last fight was on, and why they were disposed to
+show no mercy to their assailants.
+
+The Professor was surprised, knowing, as he did, the part taken against
+them by Waggaman and Burkhardt, that no reports of firearms had yet
+been heard among the assailants. It would seem as if something of the
+kind was required in order that those miscreants should retain their
+prestige among the people.
+
+Now, all these thoughts and many more passed through the minds of the
+defenders in a tenth of the time it has taken us to put them on paper.
+It was yet early in the evening, and the crisis in the siege must come
+before long.
+
+Jared Long peeped out of the rear entrance. A study of what he saw
+showed little change in the situation. He was convinced that the next
+demonstration would be from the front. He, therefore, did not hesitate
+to leave his post and slip into the next room for a few hasty words
+with the Professor.
+
+"There's no use of staying in here," he said, "for we are sure to be
+overwhelmed within the next hour."
+
+"I fully agree with you."
+
+"And I can see but one desperate hope."
+
+"What is that?"
+
+"To follow Bippo."
+
+"I agree with you again; let us make such a demonstration from the
+front that we shall be able to draw most of them there; then one of us
+will make a rush."
+
+"Why not both."
+
+"We shall fail; one must keep up the firing while they think both are
+at it, and then the other can make the attempt."
+
+"Very well; let me open here."
+
+"No; we will both do it; you know that this station is mine and as soon
+as there appears to be a chance, you can make the start."
+
+Now, both of the men believed in their hearts that if the desperate
+scheme could work, that the utmost it could do would be to save one:
+there could be no earthly chance for the other.
+
+It was characteristic of the chivalrous friendship of each that he had
+fully determined that that forlorn opportunity should be given to the
+other.
+
+But they understood their mutual natures too well to waste any words in
+argument, for neither would yield.
+
+"Very well, Professor; we'll draw lots."
+
+"I will agree to that."
+
+It was so dark in the room that they could not see each other, nor did
+either window afford light enough for their purpose.
+
+Grimcke glanced out the door. No immediate movement seemed impending,
+and they moved to the fire-place. The Professor kicked some of the
+ashes aside and a tiny blaze arose, throwing a dull illumination over a
+few feet of the room.
+
+The Professor drew an American coin from his pocket,--one that he had
+kept ever since entering South America.
+
+"Now," said he, placing both hands behind his back, "tell me which
+contains it."
+
+"The right," said the New Englander.
+
+"You have lost," coolly replied the Professor, bringing the two hands
+quickly to the front and opening the palms.
+
+Sure enough the coin was in the left, but the sly fellow did not
+confess that he had deftly changed it after his companion made his
+guess.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI.
+
+A DESPERATE SCHEME.
+
+Not another word was said. The question had been submitted to the
+arbitrament of chance and the New Englander had lost, and that, too
+without any suspicion on his part of the little trick played upon him.
+
+Before resorting to the last opportunity, Long slipped through the back
+room and ascertained the outlook there. He was surprised at the
+result. Hardly a native was visible. It looked indeed as if they were
+working their way round to the front, and that some scheme of attack
+had been agreed upon by the leaders from that point.
+
+The Professor's survey confirmed the theory of his friend. The
+Murhapas were more plentiful than ever. They appeared to be
+marshalling along the bank of the Xingu, where there were so many that
+it was impossible to count the heads and shoulders rising above the
+slope.
+
+Waggaman was not in sight, though there could be no doubt that he was
+the inspiring spirit in the movement. All the indications were that a
+rush had been agreed upon. Should it be permitted to come off
+unopposed in its incipiency, it would be all up with the men who had
+defended themselves so bravely thus far.
+
+"I will begin at the head of the row," said the Professor, "and you at
+the foot; make every shot tell."
+
+"All right; begin!"
+
+The fusillade was opened the same instant. Both men fired rapidly,
+and, though they could not pause to make their aim as sure as they
+wished, and though it is not to be supposed that every shot was
+effective, yet the execution was dreadful.
+
+Arms were seen flung spasmodically upwards, figures leaped clear off
+the ground and then fell back out of sight, shrieks and shouts filled
+the air, and still the crack of the Winchesters continued without
+intermission.
+
+One gratifying feature of the fearful scene was that the warriors began
+flocking around to the front, though they kept well back, as if to
+avoid the murderous discharge. These new arrivals not only afforded
+additional targets to the riflemen, despite their furious efforts to
+screen themselves, but proved that the scheme of the defenders was
+working as they desired: the natives were swarming from the rear to the
+front.
+
+"Off with you; don't wait!" commanded the Professor.
+
+"Good-bye!" was all that Jared Long said, as he darted from the side of
+his gallant friend and vanished.
+
+Professor Grimcke took a few seconds to refill his magazine, when up
+went his Winchester again and the furious discharges seemed to be more
+rapid than before.
+
+It would naturally be supposed that if the assailants saw that both of
+the white men had concentrated their fusillade at the front, they would
+make a dash to the rear. That, it may be said, would be the second
+step in the programme. It was calculated that the sudden volleys of
+the rifles would draw all the natives thither, and then, after learning
+what had taken place, a large part of them would rush back again.
+
+The New Englander had been gone only a few minutes, when the Professor
+saw evidences that the second step was about to be taken. The savages
+were beginning to move back to the rear, though at a greater distance
+then from the building than before.
+
+All at once Grimcke ceased firing. While looking sharply out of the
+door, he mechanically refilled the magazine of his rifle from his stock
+of cartridges which was running low.
+
+"Now or never!" he said to himself, and then, turning, he ran swiftly
+through the two rooms to the rear door, through which he bounded
+without a moment's hesitation.
+
+He expected his flight would be announced by a series of shouts and a
+storm of poisoned javelins. He held his breath, and, as the seconds
+passed, began wondering whether there was a possibility after all of
+successfully following the footsteps of his friend.
+
+He was encouraged by the sounds of the deafening tumult from the front
+of the house. The Murhapas had swarmed into the front-room, proving
+that they had decided upon making the very rush of which the defenders
+stood in such dread.
+
+This, although only a momentary diversion, was immeasurably in favor of
+the daring attempt of the flying fugitive.
+
+Lest the reader may pronounce the escape of these two white men
+incredible, we hasten to explain that which, if left unexplained, would
+warrant such disbelief on the part of our friends.
+
+The individual who gave the wild scheme an ending that otherwise it
+never could have had, was Ziffak, the head chieftain of the Murhapas.
+He proved to be the all-potent factor in the terrible problem.
+
+From what has been related about these strange inhabitants of the Matto
+Grosso, it need not be said that they were too cunning, if left to
+themselves, to allow a door to stand open for their intended victims to
+escape, after penning them in such a trap.
+
+Ziffak was the shrewdest member of the Murhapa tribe and much more
+fitted to be its ruler than King Haffgo. After bidding good-bye to the
+lovers, he hastened back to the middle of the village, where he arrived
+after the first disastrous repulse given his people by Professor
+Grimcke.
+
+It took the fellow but a few moments to grasp the situation. He told
+no one of the death of Burkhardt, but busied himself in learning
+precisely how matters stood. Had he dared to do so, he would have
+ordered a cessation of the attack, but the latter was made by the
+direct orders of King Haffgo, and Ziffak was not the chieftain to butt
+his head against a stone wall, by an open defiance of his royal
+brother's authority.
+
+The assault was under the direction of Waggaman himself. The king from
+his own door, where he could not be reached by any bullet of the
+defenders, was watching the futile assault with an impatience and anger
+that could hardly be restrained. His soul became like a volcano, as he
+saw his brave warriors fall back, with many of them biting the dust.
+Had not the traditions of his country forbade such a proceeding, he
+would have placed himself at the head of the natives and led the
+decisive charge.
+
+Seeing how it was at the front, Ziffak cautiously made his way to the
+rear. There were few warriors there, and he instinctively felt that if
+his white friends were to get off at all, it must be through the rear
+opening.
+
+While intently debating with himself what he could do to help them, he
+stealthily slipped down to where the large boat was lying under the
+bank. No one was near it, for the attention of all was concentrated on
+the fight under way. Unobserved, he shoved the craft out into the
+stream and saw it drift with the current.
+
+Returning to the rear of the besieged building again, he formed the
+plan of getting the warriors to the front and then dashing back and
+helping them out. This was a wild scheme, and involved great personal
+risk to himself, for he was sure to be punished for rendering aid whose
+discovery was inevitable.
+
+At the very moment he was about to make the attempt, Grimcke and Long
+gave him unexpected help by opening their united fire from the front
+upon the warriors marshalling for the decisive charge.
+
+This afforded him just the pretext he wanted, to order the Murhapas to
+hasten to the other side of the building to assist in what was in
+contemplation there, though, even with such a movement under way, it
+will be seen that the right place for a portion of the savages was at
+the rear, in order to head off the very thing that was attempted.
+
+Thus it was, that, while the two explorers were congratulating
+themselves on the success of their clever scheme, they never suspected
+that its success was due to their giant friend, who kept himself so
+well in the background that neither of them caught sight of him.
+
+Having got his men away, Ziffak slipped back with the purpose of
+carrying out the rest of the plan he had formed; but before he could
+reach the rear entrance, he caught sight of Professor Grimcke running
+like a deer toward the woods.
+
+Ziffak was puzzled, not knowing that his friend had preceded him, and
+he dashed into the building to hurry him out. As he came in at one
+door, Waggaman and the Murhapas swarmed in at the other, and
+pandemonium was let loose.
+
+The certainty of another murderous fire from the rifles of the
+defenders caused some lagging at the threshold, but those in the rear
+forced those at the front forward, and the next moment the mob was
+inside.
+
+Still there was no sound of firearms, though, the savages were crowding
+into both apartments. Some one kicked the ashes from the embers, and
+the blaze which followed made known the astounding fact that both of
+the white men had fled.
+
+Ziffak seemed to be in a towering rage because such a blunder had been
+made, and called upon the fleetest runners to follow him.
+
+Out of the door he went as if shot from the throat of a columbiad, with
+a procession of sinewy-limbed warriors at his heels. All ran as fast
+as they could, though none were his equal in fleetness.
+
+It need hardly be said that Ziffak took mighty good care that he did
+not pursue the course of Professor Grimcke, and presumably that of his
+companion who preceded him. Instead of aiming for the woods, he
+diverged toward the river, and seemed to find it necessary to shout and
+yell every second or two at the top of his voice.
+
+His followers may have imagined he was laboring under uncontrollable
+rage or deemed it necessary to keep their courage up to the highest
+point by such means; but the two fugitives who had joined each other in
+the woods, and were picking their way with the utmost care, held a
+strong suspicion that the prodigious shouts were intended for their
+special benefit. At any rate, they accepted them as such, and took
+pains to continue their flight in a different course from that of the
+howling Murhapas.
+
+It did not require Ziffak long to find out that the fugitives were
+irrecoverably gone, and he came back with his report to the king.
+
+There he was met by astounding news. Burkhardt had been slain by a
+poisoned javelin, and Ariel, the beloved daughter of the ruler, had
+been seen in full flight toward the enchanted lake in the company of
+the execrated white man, Ashman. Pursuit was to be organized at once,
+and, though Ziffak was to take part, yet the chosen warriors were to be
+led by the king in person.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII.
+
+THE BURNING MOUNTAIN.
+
+The tunnel through which Ashman propelled the canoe containing himself
+and Ariel, was more than a hundred yards in length. It was only for
+the smallest distance that the craft was in darkness, when the water
+began to reflect light and reveal its outlines.
+
+A few minutes later the tunnel was passed, and they debouched into an
+expansion of the enchanted lake. The second division was similar to
+the other and almost as large, but its appearance was tenfold more
+wonderful.
+
+The sheet of water may be said to have been divided into two nearly
+equal parts by the narrow tunnel running under the mass of rocks
+described. One division was in the outer air, after the usual fashion
+of lakes, while the other was wholly underground.
+
+The interior lake was nearly circular in shape, with an arching roof
+hundreds of feet high. It was surrounded by towering crags, and
+volcanic masses of stone, which gave it an appearance different from
+anything on which Fred Ashman had ever looked. Nothing grander,
+wilder, more picturesque or romantic can be conceived. It was a scene
+which an explorer could stand for hours and contemplate in rapt
+admiration.
+
+But the most amazing feature of this underground lake was the way in
+which it was illuminated, so that every portion stood out in as bold
+relief as if under the flaming sun of mid-day.
+
+At the western side, the shore, as was the case in nearly all other
+directions, was a mass of jagged rocks, piled upon each other in the
+wildest confusion. Beyond these rocks, was a vast chasm above the
+level of the lake, and extending right and left for a distance of fifty
+rods. This huge chasm was one mass of crimson light, whose rays
+pierced every nook and cranny on every side of the lake.
+
+The eye gazing in that direction saw something similar to that which
+greets the traveller in the far north, when viewing the play of the
+aurora borealis in the horizon, or when the red sun is rising from its
+ocean bed.
+
+This enormous opening was so surcharged with light that Ashman, after
+contemplating it but a minute or two, did not need to ask its source.
+Beyond the area of illumination was the burning mountain whose
+blood-red glow covered the entire surface and shores of the underground
+portion of the enchanted lake. The volcano had been aflame for ages,
+and was likely to continue to burn for centuries to come.
+
+Such an eternal conflagration must have an outlet for the vast quantity
+of vapor generated, and Ashman wondered that he had not noticed the
+ascending smoke on his way thither. He recalled that when he and his
+friend were coming up the Xingu, far below the last rapids, they
+observed a dark cloud resting in the western horizon. There was no
+thought at that time that it was caused by a burning mountain, but such
+must have been the fact. The most singular fact was, that while on his
+way across the lake to the tunnel, he had failed to notice and remark
+it.
+
+There was a steady draft in the direction of the flaming cavern. He
+had observed it while paddling through the tunnel where it was strong
+enough to assist in the propulsion of the canoe. It was caused by the
+ascent of the vapor through the chimney of the fiery mountain, and
+averted the intolerable heat that otherwise would have been felt over
+every portion of the lake. As it was, a moderate increase of
+temperature was perceptible.
+
+Ashman was tempted to paddle the canoe to the black rocks which
+separated the chasm from the lake, and he timidly moved the blade,
+restrained by the fear of something in the nature of a "back draft,"
+which might consume them before they could escape.
+
+Ariel assured him that she had never encountered or heard of anything
+of the kind, though she had often visited this remarkable region in the
+company of her father. Thereupon Ashman sent the boat ahead faster
+than before, and a minute later the bow touched the rocky wharf.
+
+Stepping out, he drew the bow upon the rocks, so as to hold it fast,
+and, extending his hand, assisted her to shore. Then he drew the craft
+still further up, and, taking her hand again in his own, began picking
+their way over the jagged bowlders and stones to the edge of the
+volcano.
+
+From the margin of the lake to the other side of the mass of rocks was
+a hundred feet. This may be defined as a solid wall, shutting out the
+water from the burning mountain. The rocks rose to a height of a dozen
+rods or so, attaining which a spectator found himself half-way across
+the dividing ridge, where, viewed from the lake, his figure looked as
+if stamped in ink on the crimson background.
+
+It was here that the lovers paused and viewed the striking picture
+spread out before their vision.
+
+That which they saw might properly be considered the crater of the
+volcano. It was four or five acres in extent, irregular in contour,
+and so filled with gases and vapors that one could not see the bottom,
+while the jagged boundary on the farther side came out to view only at
+intervals, when the obstructing smoke was swept aside.
+
+Spiral columns of black vapor twisted swiftly upward from the fiery
+depths, sometimes side by side, and sometimes they would unite and
+climb toward the opening above, like a couple of huge serpents
+struggling together. The air quivered and pulsated in certain
+portions, as if with fervid heat, and Ashman fancied once or twice that
+he caught glimpses of a vast mass of molten stuff, far down in the
+mountain, surging; seething and turning upon itself with terrific
+violence. But the glare was so dazzling that it was like staring at
+the sun, and he was compelled to withdraw his gaze.
+
+The opening above, through which all this vapor and gas effected its
+escape into the clear atmosphere outside, was of irregular outline and
+no more than twenty feet across. It was at a great height above the
+spectators, and ought to have been visible many miles in every
+direction.
+
+Now and then Ashman caught the odor of the sulphurous fumes rising from
+the naming depth, and he could not help reflecting that if the
+ascending vapors should swerve toward them only for a minute or two,
+they would be asphyxiated before they could get away; but he could not
+shrink, when his lovely companion stood so boldly by his side, unmoved
+by the impressive scene.
+
+When he had become accustomed in a degree to the sight, the like of
+which he had never viewed before, he recalled that they could not
+occupy a more conspicuous position, in the event of being pursued by
+their enemies to the underground lake.
+
+As we have explained, they were standing on the highest portion of the
+rocky wall, separating the burning mountain from the subterranean
+portion of the enchanted lake. In this situation, they were in sight
+from every portion of the shore; any one entering by the tunnel, as
+they had done, would descry them almost at once, because of the vivid
+background against which their figures were thrown.
+
+This fact led Ashman to turn to his love and suggest that they should
+leave the spot. She nodded her head in acquiescence, and, still
+clasping hands, they began picking their way down among the bowlders to
+the spot where they had left their canoe a short time before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII.
+
+THE PURSUERS.
+
+Haffgo, king of the Murhapas, intended to keep his promise to Ziffak,
+so far as permitting the explorers to remain in his village until the
+morrow, at which time he intended that the men should be allowed to go
+in safety.
+
+But the barbarian was very similar to some of us whose resentment grows
+with reflection. When he recalled the admiring glances of the handsome
+young member of the company towards his beloved Ariel, his anger became
+intense, fanned by the strong suspicion that the princess herself felt
+some interest in the stranger.
+
+At this critical time, Waggaman put in an appearance. The ruffian was
+shrewd enough to see his opportunity, and it took him but a few minutes
+to rouse him to the exploding point. He determined that every one of
+the whites should die, and he ordered the assault which has already
+been described.
+
+As has been explained, the king kept within his home, while the attack
+was under way; but since he resided adjoining the structure which was
+assaulted, he was aware of every phase of the progress.
+
+His rage has been hinted at because of the repulse of his warriors
+directly under his own eyes; but when he came to learn that the youth
+against whom his resentment burned so hotly was not within the
+building; that the two who had fought so bravely had escaped with their
+native helpers; that his own daughter the princess was absent; that she
+had been seen fleeing with the white youth in the direction of the
+enchanted lake:--when all this became known to the ruler, it may be
+said that his fury was such that no language could do it justice. It
+is not impossible that the despot felt thus himself, for, without
+pausing to give utterance to a few of his imaginings, he made instant
+preparations to follow the couple to the region which he never
+permitted a white man to look upon.
+
+A native woman had seen the princess pass up the side of the river,
+followed a few minutes later by the young man. Her curiosity led her
+to watch them. She saw the two meet and stand for some time in loving
+converse. Then one of the white men stole behind them and was about to
+fire his dreadful weapon, when Ziffak hurled his terrible javelin which
+pinned him to the ground. Then the native woman hastened to the palace
+to tell the news, but she could not gain the chance for some time.
+
+When the king turned upon his brother for an explanation of what he had
+done, Ziffak was prepared. It was the intention of Burkhardt to shoot
+not the white man but the princess herself, because she had refused his
+love. He heard Burkhardt mutter those words to himself and it was
+because of those words that Ziffak drove his javelin through his body.
+
+King Haffgo looked sharply at his kinsman when he made this unblushing
+response, but his doubts if there were any quickly vanished, when he
+recalled the impetuosity with which he had attacked the defenders in
+the house and the vigor of his pursuit and his evident indignation and
+chagrin at the escape of the two white men. No, Ziffak might talk
+plainly with his royal brother, but when the time for action came he
+was a true Murhapa, who knew only his duty to his king.
+
+Besides, the little flurry between the two had helped to clear away the
+fogs of misunderstanding as the lightning often purifies the murky
+atmosphere. The pursuit of the lovers was quickly organized, for they
+now occupied the thoughts of the king to the exclusion of everything
+else. Grimcke and Long could not be far off, and a vigorous hunt was
+likely to discover one or both of them, but the king gave orders that
+no attempt of the kind should be made. It was his intention to leave
+the village for an indefinite time, and he wished every one of his
+warriors to remain while he was absent. It cannot be said that he was
+afraid of such an insignificant force, but there was a strong vein of
+superstition in his nature, which caused a vague fear of the men that
+had escaped him with such wonderful cleverness. Individuals who could
+do _that_ sort of thing, were capable of doing things still more
+marvellous, and to use homely language, King Haffgo was taking no
+chances.
+
+The party in pursuit numbered just ten persona including the king,
+Ziffak, Waggaman, and the very pick of the tribe. They were all
+splendid fellows, fit to be the body-guard of a king, who, when he laid
+aside the robes of cumbrous dress he was accustomed to wear, and
+arrayed himself similarly to the warriors, proved himself no mean
+leader of such a party.
+
+Any one looking upon the little company would have been most impressed
+by the fact that there were nine dusky barbarians, half naked and as
+black as Africans, under the guidance of a man as fair as any European;
+and yet, as the reader knows, the most prominent warrior of the party
+was the brother of that king, dusky, tall and a giant in stature.
+
+A tribe living in a country as well watered as the Matto Grosso, is
+sure to be well provided with the means of navigation, though the
+explorers, when they first reached the neighborhood of the rapids,
+deemed there was an unusual absence of such craft. A canoe, longer
+even than that used by our friends in ascending from the Amazon, was
+carried a short distance down the bank and launched in the Xingu. Five
+of the warriors seized their long paddles and swung them with the skill
+of veterans. They were accustomed to that kind of work, and sent the
+craft up the current with much greater speed than would have been
+suspected, even by those accustomed to see such work.
+
+Two of the dusky occupants were furnished with bows and arrows, while
+Waggaman carried his rifle. Thus every species of weapon known to the
+Murhapas was in the boat.
+
+King Haffgo sat at the stern, his brow dark and threatening, his arms
+folded and his lips set. His thoughts were too deep for utterance and
+no one ventured to disturb him. Though the pale countenance was
+outwardly calm, yet a volcano was raging in that breast, hot and
+furious enough to burst out and consume the barbarian.
+
+Just in front of him, Ziffak was facing toward the prow, directing the
+actions of the crew, though for a time little of that was required of
+him. Waggaman was at the prow, silent, glum, scowling. He did not
+speak for a long while, but, now and then, glanced at Ziffak. When he
+did so, he was pretty sure to find the black eyes of the head chieftain
+fixed upon him.
+
+The two thoroughly distrusted each other. Waggaman knew why that
+javelin had been driven through the body of his associate and, though
+the convict felt little sorrow for the loss of his companion, yet he
+hated the chieftain with a deadly hatred, well aware as he was that the
+feeling was thoroughly reciprocated by Ziffak.
+
+Whether King Haffgo suspected the truth cannot be known, nor is it of
+importance to know. All the energy of his nature was concentrated in
+the emotion of fury against Fred Ashman, who had committed the
+unparalleled presumption of robbing him of his daughter; and even
+against that lovely maiden he was so incensed that he stood ready to
+bury his spear in her snowy bosom.
+
+Though it may have seemed strange to Ashman that Ziffak had ordered him
+to make all haste to the enchanted lake, instead of starting on a
+direct flight through the woods, returning to the Xingu at a lower
+point, yet the sagacious chieftain had the best of reasons for his
+course, as will soon appear.
+
+Had Ashman fled through the forest, the fact would have been discovered
+at daybreak, if not before, and such a vigorous pursuit would have been
+pressed as to render escape out of the question. There was a
+possibility of outwitting Haffgo by the flight to the lake, though it
+was remote enough to cause the giant warrior to shudder when he
+reflected upon it.
+
+That which caused Ziffak regret was, that he had not paused long enough
+before parting from the couple, to arrange a better understanding with
+them. As it was, he was mostly in the dark concerning their movements,
+and greatly handicapped by the necessity of appearing to be the devoted
+ally of his royal brother.
+
+Under the powerful propulsion of the five paddles, the long narrow
+canoe sped swiftly up the Xingu, and, sooner than even Ziffak
+anticipated, it turned into the narrow stream leading to the enchanted
+lake. Along this it sped like a swallow until the huge rock with its
+sentinel came in sight.
+
+It was here that King Haffgo, for the first time, showed some interest
+in his surroundings. He scanned the massive rock closely and
+manifestly was surprised that the guard did not rise to his feet and
+challenge them.
+
+Observing that the figure remained motionless, he commanded the craft
+to approach the rock. This was silently done, the boat halting with
+the prow touching the mass of black stone.
+
+Still the sentinel moved not, all unaware of his peril. One keen
+glance showed he was committing the unpardonable sin of sleeping at his
+post.
+
+Rising quickly to his feet, the king stood upright for an instant, and
+then, with a furious exclamation, drove the javelin which he snatched
+from the hands of one of the warriors through the breast of the
+unfaithful servant, who uttered but a single groan as he perished by
+the hands of his master and sovereign.
+
+Then Haffgo commanded one of his men to take his place. The fellow
+instantly sprang from the boat and took his station on the rock, as the
+successor of him who had died so ignominiously. Little fear of his
+falling asleep on his post.
+
+A minute later the boat shot out upon the moonlit surface of the
+enchanted lake. There the occupants used their eyes for all they were
+worth, the craft making a partial circuit of the sheet of water. There
+was a possibility that the fugitives were there, though it was slight.
+Many places afforded a landing, where they might have found temporary
+shelter, but nothing was seen of the boat, and Haffgo ordered the
+oarsmen to pass through the tunnel leading to the underground lake.
+
+This was speedily effected, and the large boat debouched into the
+wonderful body of water, so brilliantly illuminated by the glare from
+the burning mountain on the western side.
+
+Instinctively every eye was cast in that direction, but nothing
+rewarded the scrutiny. Then the vision swept along the shores, every
+portion of which, as will be remembered, was in plain view.
+
+Almost at the same moment; Ziffak uttered an excited exclamation, and
+pointed to the northern shore. As the gaze of every one was directed
+thither, they caught sight of the craft for which they were so eagerly
+hunting.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV.
+
+WATCHING AND WAITING.
+
+When Professor Ernest Grimcke realized that his desperate flight from
+the besieged building had been attended with complete success, and that
+he was standing among the dense shadows of the forest, with no enemy
+near, he devoutly uncovered his head, and, looking upward, uttered his
+fervent thanks to heaven for its amazing mercy.
+
+"If ever a man was snatched from the jaws of death," he said, "I am
+that man."
+
+"And I am another," added Jared Long, who approached in the gloom. "It
+seems to me like a veritable miracle."
+
+The New Englander explained that, after his furious dash for shelter
+from the building, he did not believe his chances were any better than
+those of the man he left behind him. He started, with the intention of
+making his way by a circuitous course to the river, but had not gone
+far when he was struck by the baseness of his desertion of his friend.
+He, therefore, turned about with the resolve to try to do something for
+him, but had no more than caught sight of the structure again when he
+descried the Professor coming like a whirlwind for the trees.
+
+Long moved to the point at which he saw he was aiming, and held his
+Winchester ready to open on any pursuers that might try to follow him.
+He would have picked off a dozen or so, for he was cool and collected,
+and fully determined to stand by his friend to the death.
+
+Fortunately, however, for all parties concerned, none of the Murhapas
+pursued the Professor, though, as has been told, a number under the
+leadership of Ziffak dashed off in another direction, without
+endangering the fugitives in the least.
+
+It was a marvellous deliverance, indeed, for our friends, and they
+understood the part the giant head chieftain had taken in extricating
+them from the peril. Their hearts glowed with gratitude to the savage,
+whose friendship for them they could not understand, but who had proven
+it in such a striking manner.
+
+But it could not be said that they were yet free from danger; and there
+was much to do before they could breathe freely.
+
+It needed but a brief consultation to agree that after what had taken
+place, it was the height of madness to attempt to push on to the
+enchanted lake and burning mountain. King Haffgo was so roused that
+there was not the slightest chance of escape. The only earthly
+probability of accomplishing anything in that direction, was by
+bringing a force strong enough to sweep the warlike Murhapas from their
+path.
+
+Thankful would the little party of explorers be if they were permitted
+to get out of the Matto Grosso with their lives.
+
+They waited in the margin of the wood until the return of Ziffak and
+his baffled company. It was easy to understand the clever trick played
+by the chieftain upon his followers, and Grimcke and Long were
+convinced that no further attempt, at least for a time, would be made
+to capture them.
+
+But being free to attend to their own safety, their thoughts naturally
+turned to the missing members of the company, especially to Ashman, who
+unquestionably was involved in the most imminent peril.
+
+It was clear that his two friends could do nothing in his behalf. They
+did not know where to look for him, and such an attempt was sure to be
+followed by disastrous consequences to themselves.
+
+It was a singular conclusion to which Grimcke and Long arrived and yet
+perhaps it was natural. They believed that Ashman had escaped before
+they did themselves, and that he was probably waiting at some point
+down the Xingu for them. They decided to pass in the same direction
+and strive to open communication with him.
+
+How little did they suspect that though he was for the time out of the
+power of his enemies, yet the Princess Ariel was his companion, and
+that instead of seeking to flee from the dangerous country, he had
+actually penetrated farther into it.
+
+After carefully reconnoitering their surroundings, therefore, the
+Professor and Long approached the Xingu at a point a third of a mile
+below the Murhapa village. Everything seemed to be quiet and
+motionless around them, with the exception of the river, yet they were
+given precious little time for wonderment or speculation.
+
+The first amazing sight on which their eyes rested was their own large
+canoe drifting down stream. They stood a moment, not knowing what to
+make of it, but speedily reached the right conclusion: Ziffak had set
+it free for their special benefit.
+
+It was floating sideways near the middle of the Xingu, and showed there
+was no one on board.
+
+It was too invaluable to be allowed to get away from them, or to run
+the risk of a passage through the rapids below. Long decided to swim
+out to it, but, before he could enter the water, the Professor showed
+him that some one had anticipated them. A short distance up the bank,
+a native was in the act of entering the Xingu, while his companion
+stood on the bank, evidently about to follow him.
+
+The clear moonlight enabled the explorers to identify them as Bippo and
+Pedros, the former being the one already in the water.
+
+"Let them go," whispered the Professor, "they may as well do it for us."
+
+Pedros was but a few strokes behind his friend, and the two were seen
+to clamber over the side of the craft at the moment it came opposite
+where the delighted white men were standing.
+
+At this juncture, the Professor called to them in a guarded voice.
+Their expressions of amazement were ludicrous, and it was only after
+they had stared for several minutes and the call was repeated that they
+comprehended that their friends were near.
+
+Then the two showed their extravagant delight by leaping up and down
+like a couple of children, and uttering cries that, to say the least,
+were imprudent.
+
+The Professor sternly ordered them to hold their peace and paddle the
+boat to shore. They set to work with a will and brought the craft to
+land, only a short distance below, where the white men had reached the
+river. Instantly, they stepped on board, and with the exception of the
+single absent member, our friends stood in the same situation as a
+short time before.
+
+It was Jared Long that in his flight from the beleaguered building took
+the extra Winchester with him, so that the little party could not have
+been better armed. Luckily, too, there was an abundant supply of
+ammunition on board, so that the old feeling of confidence came back to
+the party when they once more felt they were masters of the boat and
+all it contained.
+
+Their desire now was to increase the distance between themselves and
+the Murhapa village, from which all had had such a narrow escape. When
+Bippo timidly asked his masters whether they meant to return or attempt
+to go any farther up the Xingu, they were assured that no such thought
+was in the mind of either of the explorers. They would only be
+thankful if they could get back to the Amazon without ever meeting
+another Murhapa.
+
+This was enough for the natives, who were willing to jump overboard and
+tow the boat faster than it was already going. That, however, was
+unnecessary, and they were told that they had only to obey orders as
+cheerfully as they had done from the beginning and that undoubtedly
+everything would come out well.
+
+It was past midnight, when the roaring just below, which was increasing
+every minute, warned them they were approaching the dangerous rapids.
+Possibly the craft might have passed safely through but it would have
+been imprudent to make the attempt for which no necessity existed.
+
+Accordingly, the boat was once more run ashore and drawn against the
+bank, with the view of raising it upon their shoulders to be
+transported to the calmer waters below.
+
+The four men were in the very act of lifting the craft, when to their
+terror, fully a score of Aryks suddenly emerged from the wood and
+surrounded them. All were armed with the frightful javelins, a prick
+from one of which was enough to cause almost instant death.
+
+The whites could not have been caught at greater disadvantage, and
+Bippo and Pedros were so overcome that they were unable to move. Long
+was on the point of opening a fusillade, when Professor Grimcke was
+struck by the fact that no one of the Aryks offered to harm them. They
+chattered like a lot of magpies, and gathering round them made a
+movement as if to take possession of their boat.
+
+The New Englander would have showed fight, had not his companion said
+in a low tone:
+
+"They are friendly! They mean to do us no harm!"
+
+Such was the astounding truth, and it was easily explained. Ziffak on
+his way up the Xingu with his new friends had warned the Aryks that
+they must do the whites no harm: they were on their way at that time to
+the Murhapa village as friends, and the head chieftain told his allies
+that any further hostility would be visited with the punishment of
+death.
+
+The Aryks were not likely to forget such a notice. They had seen the
+boat approaching; and, being totally unsuspicious of what had occurred
+during the earlier part of the evening, were anxious to manifest their
+good will by carrying the canoe around the rapids.
+
+Jared Long could hardly credit the truth, and held himself ready for a
+desperate fight; but, when the boat was lifted upon the shoulders of a
+half dozen stalwart warriors who started down the shore with it, he
+smiled grimly and admitted that the Professor was right.
+
+The load was quite burdensome, but the carriers stepped off, highly
+pleased with the privilege, while the rest of their party straggled
+after them, the whites and their servants bringing up the rear.
+
+Bippo and Pedros were not quite able to comprehend the extraordinary
+condition of affairs, and kept close to the heels of their masters like
+a couple of frightened dogs.
+
+At the base of the rapids, the Aryks set down the boat, with great
+care, saluted in their rude way, and turning about, disappeared in the
+forest from which they had emerged.
+
+"_If they only knew_," said Long when they were drifting down stream
+once more.
+
+"But they _don't_," replied the Professor, "and yet they will learn the
+truth before long."
+
+The boat was allowed to drift a half mile further, when, convinced they
+had gone far enough, they ran into land, disembarked and carried it in
+among the trees, where it was out of the sight of any one passing up or
+down the Xingu. Then they prepared to await the coming of Fred Ashman,
+doubtful, however, whether he ever would come.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV.
+
+THE CAVERN OF DIAMONDS.
+
+Fred Ashman was greatly relieved when he had assisted Ariel down from
+the high, rocky wall, and they had picked their way to the spot where
+the little canoe had been left but a short time before.
+
+He had felt a singular misgiving from the first about the boat, fearful
+that in this region of enchantment, as it seemed to him, something
+would cause it to disappear, and he and his lovely companion be left in
+a most exposed and dangerous situation.
+
+But it was found just where it had been left, and helping her in it, he
+shoved it clear and then looked to her for directions as to what was to
+be the next step.
+
+The maiden now made a singular statement. She said that some weeks
+before, she had visited this place with no companion but her father.
+They landed at a point which she indicated, and he ordered her to stay
+on the shore until his return. He was gone so long, however, that she
+undertook a little exploration on her own account, and made a discovery
+which she now hoped to turn to account.
+
+The canoe touched at the spot she pointed out, and they stepped ashore.
+She said that her parent strolled off to the left, toward a passage
+which she showed, and which she had entered with him several times
+before, but from which he seemed desirous to exclude her on the
+occasion named.
+
+It was while he was absent at that time, that Ariel walked some
+distance to the right. She clambered up the rocks a little way to a
+clump of bushes. She was examining a species of crimson berry, growing
+upon them, when she observed a passage, which she followed far enough
+to find that it led into a large cavern, whose full extent she did not
+attempt to learn. She withdrew, and, fearful of offending the king,
+told him nothing about it when he returned and found her with the boat.
+
+Ariel was confident that neither her parent nor any of her people knew
+of her discovery, and she now proposed to Ashman that they should enter
+the strange cavern, and remain until the present danger was over. She
+believed that if her friends or enemies, as they might be considered,
+did not discover them soon, they would conclude that they had
+voluntarily met death together, and would give up the hunt.
+
+Ashman was struck with the sagacity of the lady, and eagerly agreed to
+her suggestion. It would never do to leave the canoe as a tell-tale,
+and he gave it a shove which carried it far out on the lake.
+Discovered in that situation, no one could tell what point on the shore
+it had touched, and, being adrift, near the middle of the lake, it
+would suggest the theory of suicide, which they were anxious to impress
+upon their pursuers.
+
+Carefully picking their way through the mass of brush and undergrowth
+which showed remarkable vigor, considering that the revivifying
+sunlight never touched it, Ashman readily found the opening described
+by his companion.
+
+It was just broad enough to allow the passage of their bodies, its
+height being such that they could move by stooping slightly. Holding
+his Winchester in hand, he led the way with Ariel pressing him close.
+
+The same fact was noticeable that struck him when paddling through the
+tunnel connecting the outer and the underground lake. The light
+increased as they progressed until everything was seen with a
+distinctness hardly less than that shown in the water they had just
+left behind them.
+
+Suddenly Ashman paused with an expression of amazement. He had entered
+a cavern so striking in appearance that it almost took away his wreath.
+
+It was several acres in extent, with an arching, dome-like roof rising
+fully two hundred feet above their heads. Stalactites and stalagmites
+dozens of feet in length were visible hanging from the roof and
+obtruding from the floor, the latter being broken by chasms and
+ravines, many of which seemed to have a depth that was fathomless.
+
+No water was visible, but the proximity of the lake rendered it likely
+that some of the abysses were filled at the bottom with the element.
+It looked impossible for the lovers to advance beyond the entrance, and
+yet while Ashman was standing motionless he observed that a ledge put
+out on their right, along which they could make their way indefinitely,
+its course being hidden by scores of intervening obstacles.
+
+It looked like a scene of enchantment indeed, the wonderful cavern
+illumined by the flood of crimson light, which was on every hand, while
+the radiating point was invisible.
+
+Ariel stood silent and waited for her companion to recover from his
+astonishment. She had viewed all this before and had witnessed so many
+similar scenes that they produced less effect upon her imagination than
+upon his.
+
+By and by he looked around, and she smilingly nodded her head. He
+began picking his way along the ledge, carefully feeling his way, for a
+misstep or a treacherous support was liable to precipitate him to the
+fathomless depths below with the inevitable certainty of instant death.
+
+It was while the young American was working forward in this guarded
+manner, that he particularly noticed that the roof overhead, and all
+parts of the walls were dotted with what seemed points of living fire.
+While some were small, others were larger and gave out a light that was
+dazzling to the point of blindness.
+
+He supposed they were composed of a species of quartz or mineral, but
+observing one of them within reach at his side, he reached upward with
+his knife and extracted it from the shale in which it was imbedded.
+
+Taking it in his hand he turned it over several times with increasing
+curiosity. It appeared to be a rough pebble, from which he brushed
+away a portion of the dirt, so as to permit it to shine with a splendor
+that would have been tenfold greater in the full light of the sun.
+
+"Don't you know what it is?" asked Ariel with another smile at his
+perplexed expression.
+
+"I do not; can you tell me?"
+
+"It is a diamond!"
+
+"And," he asked, with a sweep of his arm, "are all those diamonds?"
+
+"They are."
+
+"Great heavens!" gasped the astounded Ashman; "we have entered a cavern
+of diamonds."
+
+"There can be no doubt of that," she calmly replied; "there are plenty
+of them among the rocks along other portions of the lake, for that is
+where the king has obtained them for years. There is gold there too.
+You know now the reason why he guards the approaches of the lake so
+jealously. I have seen our men digging for diamonds and they looked
+just like what these seem around us."
+
+Ashman had paused again and his eyes roved around the magnificent
+scene, whose splendors were enough to turn the head of Solomon himself.
+Thousands of the points were gleaming from all portions of the roof,
+walls, and even on the ledge along which they were walking. There was
+enough wealth within his gaze to pay the national debt of his country
+and to effect a revolution in any nation.
+
+"I would be a fool," he reflected, "not to gather some of these while
+the chance is mine, even though I may never live to carry them away."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI.
+
+PURSUERS AND PURSUED.
+
+It may be doubted whether the most cool-headed of men could find
+himself in such a situation as that of Fred Ashman, without being
+overwhelmed by the bewildering wealth surrounding him. He forgot for
+the time that the lives of himself and lovely companion were at stake,
+and that, despite her assurance that they were the first persons who
+had ever entered the wonderful cavern of diamonds, its existence might
+be known or discovered by their vengeful pursuers.
+
+With the aid of his hunting knife, he set himself to work picking out
+the precious gems that were within his reach at all times.
+
+Now and then, when some one of unusual size fell into his palm he
+uttered an exclamation of delight, and turned and held it up for Ariel
+to admire. She smiled at his pleasure, and showed her sympathy by
+assisting in the excavation of the marvellous pebbles.
+
+As they toiled, they advanced, sometimes a step at a time, and then for
+several paces. Conscious that he could carry away only an infinitely
+small portion of the riches, Ashman found himself in the unparalleled
+situation of casting aside the smaller gems and taking only those that
+were large and of the first water.
+
+Who before was compelled to fling away diamonds worth hundreds of
+dollars apiece, simply because they were of too insignificant value to
+be carried with him? Ariel, who was a much better expert than he,
+carefully selected the choicest until she was burdened with all she
+could conveniently carry. He filled his pockets and thrust others into
+every receptacle at command. The partially emptied cartridge-belt was
+made to do duty as a casket, and it is safe to say that no similar
+contrivance was ever laden with a tithe of the riches that particular
+one held.
+
+"Ah," reflected the young man again and again, "if only the Professor
+and Long were here to help me!"
+
+But there came the time, all too soon, when he was forced to admit that
+it was useless to attempt to carry more. He had the wealth of a prince
+about his person, and yet the storehouse showed no diminution of its
+boundless supply, which was enough to burden a regiment of soldiers.
+
+Gold, the most precious of all metals, for which men delve and starve
+and toil and die, still lies hidden in immeasurable masses, in
+unsuspected places, screened perhaps by a thin sheeting of earth, over
+which thousands have tramped, never dreaming of the boundless riches
+just beneath their feet. And rubies and diamonds strew the bottom of
+the ocean or scintillate within caverns and caves, as they have shone
+and gleamed through ages, still waiting for the fortunate miner or
+explorer to bring them to light and the gaze of an admiring world.
+
+"If I ever live to get away from this spot," added Ashman, when he
+ceased his wonderful garnering, "I will bring a force here; I can
+afford to make it irresistible by King Haffgo, for every one of the men
+can take away a fortune and leave more than enough for these
+barbarians."
+
+"I can take no more," he said, turning his flushed face upon the
+radiant countenance just behind him; "King Haffgo will never miss
+these, but when I carry you to my distant home, Ariel, where I shall
+cherish and love you forever, these diamonds will bring us such wealth
+that we shall never know the meaning of want; every luxury that
+affection can dream of, or heart can crave, shall be yours."
+
+"The greatest luxury my heart yearns for," said she softly, "is _your_
+love."
+
+"And that you have now," he replied catching her in his arms and
+straining her to his heart.
+
+"I am sure of it," replied the happy maiden, resisting no longer the
+ardent embrace of him whose affection seemed to grow with every passing
+hour.
+
+"All that I pray heaven to grant is the opportunity to prove to you
+that you are not mistaken. I do not want to leave here or ever see my
+home again unless you are with me. I shall live or die with you, for
+death with you is preferable to life without you, my cherished, my own
+Ariel."
+
+The radiant countenance was illumined by a light such as only the
+divine passion can impart. She did not speak, for there are some
+emotions of the soul beyond the power of language.
+
+The hunt for the diamonds had taken the lovers to a point almost
+opposite the entrance. They observed what they had not noticed during
+their absorbing work,--the ledge along which they advanced, steadily
+ascended until it carried them to a point half-way to the top of the
+mighty dome. Standing there, they could look back on the awful chasms
+spread below their feet, the crimsoned walls, sparkling and
+scintillating with innumerable gems, with the craggy roof seemingly
+almost within their reach.
+
+Looking over the wild, dazzling, unapproachable scene, the American was
+considering the practical question of what was next to be done, when
+Ariel at his side abruptly seized his arm with an intensity which
+startled and caused him to ask,
+
+"What has frightened you, dearest?"
+
+With a gasp, she pointed to the other side of the cavern, where they
+had entered this region of enchantment and wonders.
+
+A procession of figures was moving along the ledge, over which they had
+just made their way. The intervening objects shut them partly out of
+sight, but the heads and shoulders of several were always in view and
+they were moving with the utmost haste possible.
+
+The foremost figure was a white man; the next was a dusky giant, and
+the third was of fair complexion, while all the others were of the hue
+of native Africans.
+
+There could be no mistaking the identity of the leaders: the foremost
+was Waggaman, the second, Ziffak, and the third, King Haffgo. Those
+who followed were the pick of the Murhapa warriors.
+
+It mattered not whether Ariel was right in her belief that the
+existence of the cavern of diamonds was unknown to every one else, or
+that some fateful good fortune had directed the party to the entrance.
+It was enough that they had found it, and were now pressing forward
+along the very ridge on which they had halted, and stood gazing back in
+amazement and horror, unable for the moment to divine what could be
+done to help themselves.
+
+But Ashman needed but a few seconds to decide his course. He held his
+Winchester and revolver and was ready to die in the defence of the idol
+of his heart.
+
+"Have courage," he said; "all is not yet lost."
+
+The ledge on which they stood was so narrow that there was no room for
+two to walk beside each other. Lifting the gentle form in one arm, he
+swung her over the abyss at his feet and placed her on the ledge in
+front of him.
+
+The danger was at the rear, and that was the place for him.
+
+"Now advance," he added; "we may find a better spot than this for
+defence."
+
+He feared that his pursuers might divide, and some of them start around
+the other way, so as to come upon him from the opposite side. If that
+were done, he would be caught between two fires; and, since one of the
+party possessed a gun, the advantage would be preponderatingly against
+him.
+
+There was subject, too, for perplexing thought in the situation. He
+had no wish to shoot King Haffgo, and would not do it if any possible
+way of avoiding it should present itself. He determined that he should
+be spared until the last one, when he could probably be handled,
+without resorting to the last extremity.
+
+Then, too, he felt no doubt about the presence of the giant Ziffak. He
+was the friend of himself and Ariel, though for politic reasons he had
+assumed the guise of an enemy. His situation was a most delicate one,
+and, even in his bewilderment and anxiety, Ashman could not help
+wondering how he would conduct himself in the crisis at hand.
+
+Inasmuch as the American was resolved to avoid injuring the dusky
+Hercules, it will be observed that there were two of the company of
+pursuers whom he was much more anxious to spare than he was to inflict
+harm upon the rest.
+
+He was hopeful for a moment that he and his companion had not been
+detected, but a resounding shout echoed through the cavern of
+diamonds--a shout of such amazing power that he knew it had come from
+the throat of Ziffak himself, who, as if to make sure his meaning was
+not misunderstood, brandished his mighty javelin over his prodigious
+head and shoulders, as he almost pushed his leader from the path in
+front of him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII.
+
+AT BAY.
+
+Ariel flitted so rapidly along the ledge that her lover felt obliged to
+ask her to desist, as he found it difficult to keep pace with her.
+
+The narrow path ascended more rapidly than before, and he saw they were
+steadily climbing toward the top of the roof. The shelly support to
+their feet, too, became less substantial, crumbling and giving way at a
+rate that threatened the most serious consequences.
+
+He again cautioned the maiden, who seemed to dart over the rocky ground
+with the graceful ease of a bird, and without producing any more
+effect, with her dainty sandals.
+
+Suddenly she paused. She had reached the margin or break in the ledge.
+A chasm, whose black depths the eye could not fathom, yawned between
+her and the support on the opposite side.
+
+"We will make our stand here," said he; "keep behind me--"
+
+He checked himself in astonishment; for, at that moment, she bounded as
+lightly across as a fawn. He never would have permitted it had he
+dreamed of her intention; but it was done.
+
+He could only follow, and, gathering his muscles, he ran rapidly the
+slight distance and bounded from the support.
+
+It was a tremendous leap, and, for one instant, he believed he would
+fail; but he cleared the chasm of breathless darkness and landed on the
+edge, where, for a single second, he tottered between life and death.
+
+But, at the critical instant, a tiny hand was outstretched, and,
+seizing one of the fluttering arms, his poise was restored, and he
+stood firmly by her side.
+
+Even then, as he stepped forward, the ground crumbled and gave way for
+fully two feet, the debris rattling down the abyss as long as the ear
+could detect the sound, growing fainter and fainter as it hastened
+toward the far-away bottom.
+
+"There is no one in that party except Ziffak who can leap it now," said
+Ashman, gazing with a shudder behind him.
+
+By this time the pursuers were close at hand and gaining fast.
+
+The ledge led straight away and upward for a hundred feet, when it
+terminated at a point in the dome as high as the middle portion. There
+the rocks were piled in irregular masses, and, knowing they could go no
+further, Ashman resolved that the last stand should be made there.
+
+As he hurried onward, another shout fell upon his ear. It was a
+different voice, and he recognized it as Waggaman's, who was leading
+the advance.
+
+The fugitive glanced backward, while toiling up the slope, and saw that
+the white man in his eagerness was fully a rod ahead of the herculean
+Ziffak, while the rest were stringing along behind him.
+
+He might have wondered how the chieftain contrived to lose so much
+ground had he not seen him clambering to his feet. It followed that he
+must have fallen in his hurry to get forward.
+
+"We have them!" shouted the exultant convict; "there is no escape; they
+are cornered!"
+
+The words were yet ringing in his mouth, when he came to a stop.
+
+He had reached the edge of the abyss and might well pause before trying
+to leap across.
+
+The fierce king called to him to make the jump. It had been done not
+only by the man, but by the girl who preceded him; why should he
+hesitate?
+
+Spurred by the taunt, the white man withdrew a few paces, and, like
+Ashman, ran swiftly, the next instant his body rising in air, as he
+made the fatal effort.
+
+The American stood coolly watching the result. If the miscreant
+succeeded, where it looked impossible, he meant to shoot him. Thus the
+prospect before the convict could not have been worse.
+
+It was a tremendous leap indeed, and the fellow struck the opposite
+ledge with his chest, his feet dropping below.
+
+In his furious efforts to save himself, he let go of his weapon, which
+went ringing down the chasm, and seized the ledge with both hands.
+
+Even then, had the ground been firm, he might have succeeded, but it
+gave way like rotten ice, and, with a shriek of agony, he vanished
+forever from the sight of men.
+
+The frightful occurrence brought the pursuers to a halt and gave the
+fugitives a minute or two in which to prepare for the end.
+
+Ariel, by command of her lover, placed herself behind the rocks and
+bowlders, where she was secure against any of the missiles, that were
+sure to be soon flying through the air. Ashman also placed himself so
+that all of his body was hidden, except his head and shoulders, but his
+Winchester was thrust out, ready for instant use. He was resolved that
+no one of the party should leap that chasm and live after reaching the
+other side.
+
+There were two exceptions, be it remembered, to this resolution.
+
+Ziffak, being next to Waggaman, approached the chasm, where he also
+stopped and peered into the impenetrable depth, his dusky face showing
+a horrified expression at the awful fate that had befallen the foremost
+of the little party.
+
+Ashman, who was closely watching the chieftain with a natural wonder us
+to how he would conduct himself (for he did not waver in his faith that
+the giant was still loyal to him), saw him suddenly raise his eyes and
+gaze at the opposite ledge, which was fully two feet above that upon
+which he was standing.
+
+Haffgo was immediately behind him, and peering under his arms at the
+opening. There being no room for the two to stand beside each other,
+this was the nearest position he could secure.
+
+Beyond him the other figures could be partly discerned, all standing
+motionless until some way should present itself for their advance.
+
+Ashman observed the chieftain, as his eyes followed the ledge until
+they rested upon him, crouching behind one of the bowlders with his
+rifle leveled at the war party.
+
+The two looked into each other's eyes for a single instant, when
+Ziffak, knowing he could not be seen by any of those behind, contracted
+his brows and moved his lips.
+
+He did not speak, for that would have "given the whole thing away," but
+his dusky mouth was contorted with such vigorous care that the words
+were understood, as readily as if shouted aloud.
+
+They formed the single sentence,
+
+"_I am your friend!_"
+
+No need of saying that, for, as we have stated, Fred Ashman had never
+doubted it.
+
+Haffgo now began urging his brother to make the leap, which had proven
+the death of Waggaman, saying, with reason, that the strength and
+activity of the head chieftain of the Murhapas were sure to carry him
+over where no one else could succeed.
+
+The two talked in their native tongue, but their meaning was so clear
+that the American needed no one to interpret the words.
+
+Ziffak replied that he would gladly do so, but for the treacherous
+character of the other side of the ledge. He showed that considerable
+had fallen away, and intimated that the fugitives had loosened it for
+the purpose of entrapping all the party just as Waggaman had been
+entrapped.
+
+Then the king took another look at the chasm. It so happened that
+while he was doing this, a large slice of the ledge sloughed off and
+went down the abyss, after the miserable wretch who must have been
+lying at that moment a shapeless mass far down the fearful gorge.
+
+Haffgo could not gainsay such testimony, and, for the first time, his
+face showed an expression of disappointment. It was not the look of a
+baffled man, but of one forced to see a sweet pleasure deferred.
+
+He had only to peer up the ledge, as it led toward the roof, to realize
+that the fugitives were as safely caged as if bound and secured in his
+own home.
+
+They had penetrated as far as possible in the cavern of diamonds. If
+the pursuers could not reach them, neither could they return over the
+chasm by which they had attained the spot where they still defied him.
+
+The most athletic man living could not leap across that chasm, nor
+could it be passed until it was bridged artificially, and that could
+only be accomplished from below, where the pursuers were glaring
+across. They might erect a structure, if, the king so willed, which
+would open a way of advance; but he was in no mood to care for or think
+of anything of the kind.
+
+Haffgo now talked earnestly for a few minutes to his head chieftain.
+The latter listened respectfully, nodding his head several times in
+acquiescence. Then he suddenly looked up the ledge again, steadied
+himself for an instant, and hurled his javelin with terrific force at
+the head of Ashman.
+
+It was done with such incredible deftness that the American had no time
+in which to dodge the fearful missile. Had it been accurately aimed,
+it would have been driven straight through his skull!
+
+But it missed by a hair's breadth, shooting up to the roof, where it
+struck the rock with such violence that the head was shattered and the
+remaining portion fell uselessly down among the rocks.
+
+It was a close call, but Ashman was not frightened; he knew why it
+missed him.
+
+He now sighted along the barrel, as if he meant to shoot the chieftain,
+who instantly ducked his head, and began crowding backward. It was the
+first time King Haffgo had been placed in such a grave situation, and
+he was panic-stricken. He turned so suddenly and began crowding to the
+rear so hard, that he came within a hair of precipitating himself and
+those immediately behind him from the ledge.
+
+But Ashman did not pull trigger. He could not do so without
+endangering the lives of Ziffak and the king, and as yet the other
+warriors had made no demonstration against him.
+
+But, seeing that the white man did not fire, Ziffak seemed to gather
+courage and straightened up again. The king passed his own javelin to
+him, and he glared up the ledge as if looking for another favorable
+chance to launch, it with greater effect than before.
+
+Ashman, who was narrowly watching every movement of his enemies, now
+observed that the warrior directly behind the king, carried a bow and
+arrow, and he was in the act of fitting a missile to the string, with
+the evident intention of trying his hand at the business in which the
+head chieftain had failed only a minute before.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII.
+
+THE POISONED ARROW.
+
+Such being the case, Ashman concluded that the time had arrived when he
+should also take a hand.
+
+Ziffak and King Haffgo placed their backs against the face of the
+rocks, along which the ledge ran, so as to open a clear course for the
+archer. The latter fitted his arrow with great care and then
+straightening up drew back the string and slowly levelled, the missile
+at the head and breast of the American.
+
+"Does that fool imagine I am going to keep still and let him practice
+on me?" the latter asked himself, an instant before discharging his
+rifle, whose bullet went straight through the dusky miscreant and sent
+him toppling off the side of the ledge as dead as dead could be.
+
+Not only that, but the ball wounded the warrior directly behind him,
+causing him to utter a howl which rang with piercing force from side to
+side of the cavern of diamonds.
+
+This prompt act caused something like a panic, Ziffak seemed the most
+terrified of any. Facing about, he flung his arms aloft and shouted to
+the rest to hurry away before the white man killed them all.
+
+They lost no time in obeying, and it was noticeable that King Haffgo,
+being well at the rear, added his frenzied commands for his warriors to
+lose no time in leaving the fatal spot.
+
+Ashman could have sent a succession of shots along the ridge, as the
+party scrambled away, which would have toppled the dusky barbarians off
+like so many ten-pins; but he had no desire to inflict needless
+slaughter, and, in answer to the appeal of the shrinking Ariel, he had
+promised her that, so far as he was concerned, her parent should
+receive no harm.
+
+He therefore contented himself with watching them, until a bend in the
+ledge hid them from sight, with the exception of their heads, and they,
+too, soon disappeared; because the frightened warriors, glancing back,
+and seeing their peril, crouched low to escape the bullets which they
+seemed to expect would come whistling about their crowns.
+
+As long as the natives kept at such a distance, they could do no harm
+to the defenders; for they were too far off to make use of their
+javelins, and the single archer left was not likely to attempt to bring
+his weapon into play.
+
+Naturally, Ashman and Ariel, finding they were left to themselves for a
+time, fell to speculating upon what was likely to be the next move of
+their enemies. He believed they would make an attempt to bridge the
+chasm separating them, a task which, as will be seen, was comparatively
+easy of accomplishment.
+
+But should such a structure be laid, it must be so strait that only one
+could pass at a time, and the American could pick them off as often as
+they presented themselves. There were now no firearms at the command
+of the Murhapas, unless some one recovered the weapon of Burkhardt, and
+even then, Ashman would feel little fear of harm from the savages.
+
+Ariel thought her parent and his little company would simply keep guard
+at the entrance of the cavern, in order to intercept them, if they
+discovered some way of re-crossing the chasm and attempted to leave.
+
+But both were wrong.
+
+The young man was resolved that no march should be stolen upon him. It
+was impossible for the Murhapas to pass far enough around to leave the
+place, without being seen, provided he kept unremitting watch, which he
+felt competent to do for a number of hours to come.
+
+If the siege was prolonged, he could take turns with Ariel, whose
+bright eyes were quicker of perception than his.
+
+In the cavern of diamonds, there was no means of telling when it was
+day or night on the earth outside. Lit by the eternal fires of the
+volcano, it was always day; but he carried a watch, which told him that
+the night was far advanced, and that the bright sun would soon shine
+upon mountain, forest, and river again, though his heart sank at the
+faint prospect of it ever being his privilege to greet the orb again.
+
+The incidents of the next hour mystified both Ashman and Ariel.
+
+The first movement which attracted their notice, was Ziffak, who,
+rising to the upright posture, so that his immense shoulders were in
+plain sight, was seen picking his way along the ledge, until he reached
+the opening on the other side. Through this he passed and was seen no
+more.
+
+It was useless to speculate as to the meaning of this proceeding, which
+could not be explained until made clear by occurrences themselves. It
+was safe to assume, however, that it was ostensibly in the interests of
+King Haffgo, and therefore against those of the fugitive lovers.
+
+Probably a half-hour after the disappearance of the chieftain, two of
+the party were seen stealing along the ledge in the direction of the
+entrance to the cavern. These, however, were of such slight stature,
+when compared with Ziffak, and they made such efforts to conceal their
+movements, that it was hard to follow or identify them. Ashman thought
+that Haffgo was one of the number, but he could not make certain, and,
+since Ariel did not catch as favoring a glimpse as he, she could give
+no help in solving the question.
+
+The best solution of the singular acts was that while the Murhapas
+seemed to try to hide themselves from the lovers, they still took pains
+to allow enough to be disclosed to reveal the movements, which they
+wished the couple to observe.
+
+And here again, both Ashman and Ariel were in error.
+
+Strange that a possibility which had once been thought of by the two
+did not occur again to them.
+
+King Haffgo, despite his confidence in Ziffak, began to feel some
+distrust of him. His refusal to attempt the leap of the chasm, and his
+former friendship for the explorers, might have been reasonably
+explained, but his failure to drive his javelin through the white man,
+who was so near and who never stirred from his position, could not be
+an accident. He knew the marvellous skill of the head chieftain, who
+could have had but one cause for missing Ashman: that was an
+intentional deviation of his weapon, which, slight though it was,
+proved as effective as if hurled in the opposite direction.
+
+And yet, shrewd as was Ziffak; he really believed he had deceived his
+royal brother. No suspicion of the distrust in the mind of the king
+came to the chieftain, when he was directed to return to the village
+and bring ten more warriors with him.
+
+But this errand secured the absence of Ziffak for a couple of hours at
+least, and that was the sole purpose of Haffgo in sending him out of
+the cavern of diamonds.
+
+When the chieftain was gone, the archer was directed to ascertain how
+far he could steal around the cavern, by taking the opposite course.
+Haffgo followed, directing the others to stay where they were until
+further orders were given them.
+
+The archer set out at once, ahead of the king, both doing their best to
+avoid detection.
+
+Fortune favored them in an unexpected manner. The ledge was found
+easier of travel than they expected, and, by using great care, they
+worked their way to a point less than two hundred feet from where the
+fugitives were standing on guard. They had traversed the whole
+distance, too, without detection.
+
+When King Haffgo peered carefully over the shoulders of the crouching
+bowman, he saw the couple standing with their backs toward him, as they
+faced the chasm which had been found impassable for the Murhapas.
+
+The slumbering anger in the parent's breast was kindled to a white
+heat, when he observed the white man holding the hand of his daughter,
+and he saw him lean over and touch his lips to hers. He whispered to
+the warrior to lose no time.
+
+The latter quickly examined his arrows, and picked out the one which
+not only seemed the best, but was most plentifully provided with the
+deadly poison. This was speedily fitted to the string, and he
+deliberately took aim, his nerves like steel, for the king had
+whispered to him that he must not fail.
+
+At the instant the string twanged, something caused Ariel to look
+behind them.
+
+She uttered a faint scream as she caught sight of the two crouching
+figures. She descried a flitting shadow which she knew was the
+approaching missile on its deadly mission.
+
+Knowing that it was aimed at her lover, she threw both her arms around
+his neck and interposed her body to protect him while he stood
+bewildered, not comprehending what it all meant.
+
+Her figure was too slight to serve the purpose of a shield. The
+poisoned arrow whizzed straight at the breast of Ashman, who had turned
+about, but instead of entering his body, the point, surcharged with
+venom, was imbedded in the snowy arm of Ariel herself!
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX.
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+The horrified Fred Ashman saw that the poisoned arrow, aimed at his own
+heart had buried itself in the fair arm of Ariel, as she clasped him
+about the neck anxious to shield him from harm at the expense of her
+own life.
+
+She had saved him, but at what a fearful cost! The agonized lover
+realized it all, as he tenderly placed her on the rock beside which
+they were standing. Then, like the man who, knowing he has been
+fatally struck by the rattlesnake or cobra, turns to stamp the life out
+of the reptile, before looking after his own wound, he faced about and
+brought his rifle to his shoulder. The dusky miscreant cowered low,
+but he could not save himself, for the bullet which left the
+Winchester, entering at the skull, ranged through the length of his
+body, and he rolled off the ledge like a rotten log and went down the
+yawning abyss that afforded a fit sepulture for such as he.
+
+King Haffgo was standing erect, as if defying the white man to fire at
+him. He had seen the result of the shot and he did not regret it.
+
+"Die the death you deserve!" he called out in English; "for you are not
+the daughter of Haffgo!"
+
+Then he turned about and moved along the ledge, while Ashman stood for
+an instant, with weapon levelled, feeling that the awful occurrence had
+absolved him from the pledge made a short time before.
+
+He was aiming, when a faint voice at his side said:
+
+"No, hurt him not; _I shall get well_!"
+
+Letting the rifle fall from his grasp, he wheeled around as if he had
+been shot himself.
+
+What did he see?
+
+The brave Ariel had drawn the arrow from her arm, and was sitting
+erect. In her right hand, was a small earthen bottle such as was in
+common use among the Murhapas.
+
+"Great heaven! what does this mean?" demanded her lover, uncertain
+whether he was awake or dreaming.
+
+She smiled faintly, and said:
+
+"I feel a little faint, but the danger is past."
+
+"But,--but,"--he added, "the arrow was poisoned!"
+
+"Yes, but the poison has a remedy; it is in _that_," she added, holding
+up the bottle; "my parent always carried it; I brought it with me when
+I left home."
+
+The overjoyed lover could not repress a shout of joy,--a shout which
+penetrated every portion of the cavern of diamonds, but whose meaning,
+fortunately for the couple, was not understood by the ears on which it
+fell.
+
+He knelt beside her, so that the bowlders shut both from the view of
+any prowlers who might seek to reach them. He kissed the happy face
+again and again; he called her the sweetest names that ever mortal
+uttered, and he assured her that they should both live and be happy
+forever.
+
+In his overflowing bliss, he could not realize that they were still
+walled in on every hand. All that he could know and feel, was, that
+she was spared from a dreadful death,--that she had interposed her own
+precious body to protect him from harm.
+
+Enwrapped in his arms, she was obliged to confess that the bringing of
+the potent remedy was an inspiration, when she stole out of her
+father's house, for she never dreamed of the use to which it would be
+put.
+
+She had forgotten all about it, until the sharp twinge in her arm
+apprised her that she was struck by the fearful missile. Then, as she
+was about to swoon, she recalled that she carried the remedy in her
+bosom.
+
+Drawing it quickly forth, while her lover's face was turned away, she
+drank the whole contents, which were sufficient to save the lives of
+three or four persons. Not a drop, however, was left; and she remarked
+in her own peculiar manner, that they must be careful not to be struck
+by any more such missiles, since the remedy was gone, and it would be
+hard to secure more.
+
+With a full realization of the remarkable deliverance of his beloved,
+Ashman was roused to a stronger resolution than before of making a
+desperate effort to extricate themselves from their perilous situation,
+which looked indeed as if without hope.
+
+Rising to his feet, but screening his body as he could, he carefully
+peered around the cavern of diamonds. He cautioned Ariel to keep out
+of sight, for, if it should become know that her life was saved, her
+father and his warriors would doubtless make another attempt to reach
+them.
+
+Looking in the direction of the opening on the other side, he saw
+Haffgo pass out, followed the next minute or two by the rest of the
+Murhapas. To Ashman this was proof that the party had decided to
+withdraw from the cavern, but would keep watch of the egress to make
+sure that the white man did not get away by some freak of fortune.
+
+Since they were sure he was caught in a trap from which there was no
+escape, he had his choice of remaining and starving to death, of coming
+forth and giving himself up, or of ending it all by precipitating
+himself down the rocks.
+
+A terrible punishment indeed for the white man that had dared to defy
+the king of the Murhapas, and had been the cause of the death of the
+beloved princess!
+
+Ashman was still studying the insoluble problem, when a strange impulse
+led him to look aloft. It will be remembered that he was near the roof
+of the cavern, among a mass of bowlders and rocks which touched the
+dome.
+
+Several times it had seemed to him that a felt a slight, upward
+draught, as though a portion of the air found vent in that direction.
+When he mentioned it to Ariel she admitted that she had noticed the
+same thing, and urged him to investigate.
+
+Leaving his Winchester with her, he began a cautious ascent of the
+rugged stairs. He had about twenty feet to climb, and the greatest
+care was necessary. Not until at the very top, did he pass from the
+sight of the maiden who was attentively watching his movements.
+
+Five minutes later, he let go his hold and dropped, down beside her.
+His face was flushed and his eyes glowing with excitement.
+
+"Thank heaven!" he exclaimed, greatly agitated; "there is an opening by
+which we can reach the outer world."
+
+"I was sure of it," she replied with a happy smile.
+
+During his brief absence, she had bandaged her arm as best she could by
+tearing a slip from her dress. The wound bled less than would be
+supposed, and caused her little pain.
+
+Taking her other hand, Ashman began helping her up among the rocks and
+bowlders. She needed little aid, however, for she was lighter and more
+graceful on her feet than he.
+
+Sure enough, when they arrived at the top, they came upon a broader
+opening than that by which they had entered the cavern. It was hidden
+from sight by a projecting table of rock, and when they came to pass
+through, the outer opening was seen to be so covered by bushes that it
+never could have been found except by the accident which first showed
+Ariel the way into the cavern.
+
+But with hearts overflowing with gratitude to heaven, they found
+themselves on the earth again, with the sun shining and the pure air of
+heaven fanning their fevered faces.
+
+They had emerged at the crest of the mountainous mass, which covered a
+portion of the enchanted lake and the cavern of diamonds. Fortunately,
+too, they were among the woods, where they could not see far in any
+direction. This rendered them less liable to discovery by their
+enemies in the neighborhood.
+
+Ashman held his position until the two could study their location and
+gain an idea of the points of the compass. The rising sun helped them
+to do this, and, by moving carefully about until they gained sight of
+the lake and the Upper Xingu, they soon ascertained in what direction
+the Murhapa village lay, and the course necessary to take in order to
+avoid it.
+
+It was decided to put back in the forest and thread their way through
+the dense wilderness, striking the Xingu at a point below the rapids.
+There, if they found nothing of their friends, they would manage to
+secure a boat in which they could press their flight in the direction
+of the Amazon.
+
+The forests abounded with wild animals and huge serpents, but the
+ardent lover was admirably armed and confident that he could protect
+his beloved from all harm, provided they could escape discovery by the
+Murhapas and Aryks.
+
+If Haffgo should venture on an approach to the rocks, where the
+fugitives made their stand, he could not fail to find out the
+extraordinary manner in which they had eluded him, and he would be
+certain to organize instant pursuit.
+
+But this was not likely to take place for a considerable time, though
+the possibility led Ashman to push forward with all vigor, often
+pausing to listen for sounds of pursuit.
+
+The extreme caution of the lovers led them to trend much further into
+the woods than was really necessary, and they were a long time,
+therefore, in reaching the Xingu.
+
+Neither had eaten food for an unusual while, but they cared nothing for
+that. They were too anxious for any thought except that of getting
+forward as fast as possible.
+
+As they progressed, startled now and then by the prowling wild beasts
+which threatened attack more than once, and by the sight of enormous
+serpents, some in trees and some on the ground, Fred Ashman's thoughts
+naturally went forward, and he speculated as to what was the result of
+the attack on his friends the preceding night in the village.
+
+He could comprehend the frightful situation in which they were placed
+by the enmity of the king, and it seemed incredible that any, or at
+least all of them, could have extricated themselves from their peril.
+Gladly would he have risked everything in their defence, but, as has
+been shown, that was beyond his power at any time.
+
+The young American shrank from firing his gun, through fear of the
+report reaching the ears of the Murhapas. If that should take place,
+it would be sure to excite their suspicions, and prompt an
+investigation which the fugitives dreaded.
+
+Once a jaguar became so threatening, that he leveled his weapon
+convinced that he must fire or be attacked, but the snarling beast
+finally withdrew, after sneaking behind them for a long distance.
+
+The sun had passed the meridian when the wanderers caught the gleam of
+water among the trees in front. They hastened forward, and a moment's
+survey of the stream convinced them that they had reached the Xingu
+beyond all question.
+
+Ashman recognized several features along the banks which he had noticed
+on his way up the river. Ariel was equally positive, so they dismissed
+the question from their minds.
+
+Both were nearly exhausted, for they had had a tiresome tramp, during
+all of which they were under a severe mental strain. They felt that,
+at last, they could sit down and rest themselves before resuming their
+journey.
+
+"The next thing to be done," said Ashman as he imprisoned the hand of
+Ariel and drew her head upon his shoulder, "is to find some boat in
+which we can float down stream. It will be less work than we had in
+ascending it."
+
+"I suppose," she replied, "that there are people all the way along the
+river until you reach the end of it."
+
+"There are; but we found most of them unfriendly long before we struck
+the region of the Aryks."
+
+"Are they likely to attack us?" she asked, raising her head and looking
+at her lover with an alarmed expression.
+
+"We had little difficulty, so long as we kept in the middle of the
+stream, and one discharge from our guns was generally enough to drive
+them away."
+
+"And for how far does this prevail?"
+
+"Two or three days ought to take us out of the danger. Then it will be
+plain sailing all the rest of the way. The river is long, but,
+dearest, we shall be with each other, and it will seem brief."
+
+She parted her lips to make a suitable reply, when a startled
+expression came upon her lovely countenance and she whispered:
+
+"They must have followed us through the woods."
+
+"What do you mean?" he asked, grasping his rifle.
+
+"I hear some one moving behind us."
+
+"It is a wild animal----"
+
+He checked himself, for, to his unspeakable amazement, Professor
+Grimcke at that instant stepped to view.
+
+The two men caught sight of each other at the same moment. They stared
+as if in doubt, and then, with exclamations of delight, clasped hands.
+
+By great good fortune, the lovers had emerged from the forest within a
+stone's throw of the point where Grimcke, Long, Bippo, and Pedros were
+waiting with the canoe hidden among the trees.
+
+After this reunion they set out for home.
+
+A few days carried them beyond danger, and in good time the Amazon was
+reached. Bippo and Pedros were left at Marcapa, at which port the
+explorers secured passage for home, where they arrived in safety. And
+in that land, so strange to the beauteous Ariel, daughter of Haffgo,
+king of the Murhapas, we bid good-by to our friends. But to her,
+Ashman was all the world; and in the sunshine of their mutual love they
+dwell to-day, happy, grateful, contented, and envying no one, assured,
+as they are, that none can be more blessed than they.
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE LAND OF MYSTERY***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 16855-8.txt or 16855-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/6/8/5/16855
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+